Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) DTCS
    • Auto-Cruise Control DTCS
    • Automatic Air Conditioning DTCS
    • Automatic Transaxle DTCS
    • Chassis Electrical DTCS
    • Manual HVAC System DTCS
      • Low Type
      • Middle Type
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection DTCS
      • 2.4L
      • 3.8L
    • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) DTCS
    • Traction Control System (TCL) DTCS
    • Wheel And Tire DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Tech Tips
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Connector End Views - 2.4L
      • Connector End Views
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Electric Remote Control Mirror Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-211) Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-1)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (C-133)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-125)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Connector End View (C-07)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) Connector End View (D-33)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-38)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-18)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-40)
        • Front Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-34)
        • Map Light Assembly Connector End View (D-02)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-204) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-36)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-110)
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-109)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-104)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-39)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-128)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-43)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-106)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View
        • ABS/TCL-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-309)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (C-106)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-129)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Joint Connector (C-01) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (B-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-23) Connector End View
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-111)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120, C-121 And C-122)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-113)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Rear) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-120)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-46)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (LH) Connector End View (E-09)
        • Front Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-311)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-23)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-308)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Joint Connector (C-02) Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (F-04)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-14X)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X, A-12X)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-302, C-303, C-306)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View (C-103)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-13) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-105)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-16)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-32)
        • Front Impact Sensor Connector End View (A-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217)
        • Theft Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-18)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-4)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-119)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-101)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-06)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-110)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front LH) Connector End View (D-20)
        • Central Door Lock Switch Connector End View (Passenger's Side)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (F-08)
        • Rear Speaker Connector End View (D-12)
        • Headlight (HIGH: LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Front Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-04)
        • Front Power Window Regulator Motor (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Door Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-22)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay (B-18X)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-219)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (C-126)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-105)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-26) Connector End View
        • Interior Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C-123)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Joint Connector (C-03) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-11) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-30)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-34)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-29) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-17X)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-19) Connector End View
        • Door Mirror (LH) Connector End View
        • TCL Switch Connector End View (C-131)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (RH) Connector End View (E-01)
        • Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Connector End View (D-17)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-15)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-28)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View (C-301)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View (A-30)
        • Satellite Radio Tuner Connector End View (D-44)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View (C-201)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-24)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-310)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-114)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-04)
        • Door Mirror Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-25)
        • Passenger's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-29)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-107)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-102)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-03, B-27 And B-30)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-203)
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-38)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-215) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-25) Connector End View
        • Trunk Light Connector End View (D-10)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Front) Connector End View
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Rear View Mirror Assembly Connector End View (D-48)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-03)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (C-108)
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-31)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217, C-218, C-219)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (D-23)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-210)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05 And C-31)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-208)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Light Connector End View (C-06)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Connector End View (C-04)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-101, B-102, B-117 Or B-118)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-20)
        • A/C-ECU (Middle Type) Connector End View (C-15, C-16)
        • Power Window Main Switch Front (LH) Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-205) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Module Connector End View (D-18)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-305 And C-307)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-07)
        • Blower Switch Connector End View (C-14)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-33)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-33)
        • Rear Door Switch Connector End View
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-37)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-37) Connector End View
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-5)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front RH) Connector End View (D-35)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Sunroof-ECU Connector End View (D-04)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-108)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-13) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-218)
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-02)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-03-1)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-32)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-122)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View (C-202)
        • Front Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-22)
        • Blower Power Transistor Connector End View (C-104)
        • Windshield Washer Pump Connector End View
        • Radiator Sensor Connector End View (A-41)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (B-16X)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-04)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-42)
        • Turn-Signal Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Overhead Console Assembly Connector End View (D-03)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (C-115)
        • Engine Oil Control Valve Connector End View (B-33)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-08)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-117 And C-134)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View (F-10)
        • Front Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (A-17)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-16)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View (B-21)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) Connector End View (D-21)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-214) Connector End View
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-20)
        • Headlight (LOW: RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-12) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-35)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Dome Light Connector End View (D-07)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View (F-05)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-09)
        • Headlight (LOW: LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-09, C-10, C-105)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-10 Or C-15)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-3)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-108)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-121)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-116)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-2)
        • Front Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-13)
        • Central Door Lock Switch (Driver's Side) Connector End View
        • Headlight (HIGH: RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-36) Connector End View
        • A/C-ECU (Low Type) Connector End View (C-09, C-10)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (C-24)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Reduction Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-6)
        • Occupant Classification-ECU Connector End View (D-30)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-45)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Slide Sensor Connector End View (D-27)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-130)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-31)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Communication Devices
    • Controller Area Network (Can)
      • Special Tool
      • Test Equipment
      • Service Precautions
      • Precautions On How To Repair The Can Bus Lines
      • Explanation About The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III) Can Bus Diagnostics
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Diagnosis
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Line
      • Diagnosis
        • Can Bus Diagnostics Table
        • Can Bus Diagnostics
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 1: Diagnose shorts in the power supply to CAN bus line < Vehicles without ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 2: Diagnose shorts in the power supply to CAN bus line < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 3: Diagnose shorts in the power supply to CAN bus line < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles with multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 4: Diagnose shorts in the ground to CAN bus line < Vehicles without ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 5: Diagnose shorts in the ground to CAN bus line < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 6: Diagnose shorts in the ground to CAN bus line < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles with multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 7: Diagnose shorts between CAN_L and H lines < Vehicles without ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 8: Diagnose shorts between CAN_L and H lines < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 9: Diagnose shorts between CAN_L and H lines < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles with multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 10: Diagnose terminator resistors at both ends < Vehicles without ABS >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 11: Diagnose terminator resistors at both ends < Vehicles with ABS >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 12: Diagnose a terminator resistor at either end < Vehicles without ABS >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 13: Diagnose a terminator resistor at either end < Vehicles with ABS >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 14: Diagnose CAN bus lines thoroughly < Vehicles without ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 15: Diagnose CAN bus lines thoroughly < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles without multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 16: Diagnose CAN bus lines thoroughly < Vehicles with ABS and vehicles with multi-center display (middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system) >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 17: Diagnose the lines between CAN main bus line and the powertrain control module < Vehicles without ABS >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 18: Diagnose the lines between CAN main bus line and the powertrain control module < Vehicles with ABS >
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 19: Diagnose the lines between CAN main bus line and the ABS-ECU
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 20: Failure in the lines between CAN main bus line and the ETACS-ECU
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 21: Diagnose the lines between CAN main bus line and the multi-center display (Middle-grade type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication System)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 22: Diagnose the lines between CAN main bus line and the A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 23: Diagnose the lines between CAN main bus line and the SRS-ECU
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 24: Failure in the lines between CAN main bus line and the combination meter
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DIAGNOSTIC ITEM 25: Failure in the lines between CAN main bus line and the TPMS receiver
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Can Communication Signal Table
      • Can Communication-Related DTC Code (U Code) Table
    • Simplified Wiring System
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • Door Ajar Warning Buzzer
            • Multi-Center Display Operation Tone < Vehicles With Multi-Center Display (Middle Grade Type) >
            • Turn-Signal Light Buzzer
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
            • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
            • Keyless Entry Horn ANSWERBACK Function
            • Trunk Unlock Function
            • Timed Locking Mechanism
          • Sunroof Control
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Low-Speed Wiper, High-Speed Wiper Control
            • Intermittent Control
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
            • High-Beam Indicator
            • Daytime Running Light Function
              • Notes
              • Illumination control of daytime running lights
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • Turn-Signal Indicators
          • Fog Light
            • Fog Light
            • Fog Light Indicator
            • Interior Light
            • Interior Light Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Seat Belt Indicator
            • Door-Ajar Indicator Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
            • Configuration Function
      • Special Tool
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
        • Diagnostic Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
        • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • How To Connect SWS Monitor
        • How To Use SWS Monitor
        • How To Check Ecus
        • Service Data Check
          • Notes
          • < Data List Reference Table >
            • Notes
            • Column-Ecu
            • ETACS-Ecu
            • Front-ECU, Sunroof-ECU
          • < Function Diagnosis >
            • Notes
            • Wiper
            • Lighting
            • Turn Signal
            • Buzzer
            • Sunroof
        • Pulse Check
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC U1700: Malfunction In The SWS Communication Line
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1701: Communication Error In The Column Switch
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1702: Communication Error In The Front-Ecu
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1703: Communication Error In The Sunroof-Ecu Or The Sunroof Not Installed
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1073: Bus Off
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To A/T)
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
            • DTC U1100
            • DTC U1101
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1108: Combination Meter Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1110: A/C-Ecu Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle-Grade Type) Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1128: Failure Information On Combination Meter
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Symptom Chart
        • Ecu Communication System
        • Function System
      • Input Signal Chart
        • SWS Monitor
        • Scan Tool Or Voltmeter
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Communication
          • Inspection Procedure A-1: Communication With The SWS Monitor Kit Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-2: Communication With The Column Switch (Column-Ecu) Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-3: Communication With The ETACS-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-4: Communication With The Front-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-5: Communication With The Sunroof-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning The Tone Alarm
            • Notes
            • Ignition key reminder tone alarm function
            • Light reminder tone alarm function
            • Seat belt tone alarm function
            • Door ajar warning buzzer
            • Multi-center display operation tone < vehicles with multi-center display (middle-grade type) >
            • Turn-signal light buzzer
            • General circuit diagram for ignition key reminder tone alarm function
            • General circuit diagram for light reminder tone alarm function
            • General circuit diagram for seat belt tone alarm function
          • Inspection Procedure B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-4: Tone Alarm: Door Ajar Warning Buzzer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-5: Tone Alarm: The Multi-Center Display Does Not Sound Normally When It Is Operated < Multi-Center Display (Middle-Grade Type) >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-6: Tone Alarm: Turn-Signal Light Buzzer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning Central Door Locking System
            • Notes
            • Central Door Locking System
              • Door Unlocking By Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
              • Door Locking Or Unlocking By Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Central Door Locking System
          • Inspection Procedure C-1: Central Door Locking System: The Central Door Locking System Does Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-3: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Switch Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-4: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-5: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Inside Lock Knob Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning The Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Power Window Main Switch Function
              • Notes
              • Raises the driver's power window
              • Lowers the driver's power window
              • Lowers the driver's power window by one-touch down function
              • Raises the passenger's power window
              • Lowers the passenger's power window
            • Power Window Sub Switch Function
              • Notes
              • Raises the passenger's power window
              • Lowers the passenger's power window
              • Power window timer function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • Inspection Procedure D-1: Power Windows: Power Windows Do Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-3: Power Window: Only The Front Door Window (LH) Does Not Work By Operating Power Window Main Switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-4: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Front Passenger's Or Rear Passenger's Sub Switches
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-5: Power Window: Front Or Rear Passenger's Power Windows Do Not Work At All By Operating The Power Window Main Switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning The Keyless Entry System
            • Notes
            • All Door Lock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Lock Button
            • Driver's Door Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Unlock Button Once
            • All Door Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Unlock Button Twice
            • Trunk Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Trunk Button
            • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK And Horn ANSWERBACK Function
              • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Keyless Entry Horn ANSWERBACK Function
            • Timed Locking Mechanism
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • Inspection Procedure E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, The Turn-Signal Lights And The Horn Do Not Operate Through The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code Cannot Be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-4: Keyless Entry System: The Trunk Is Not Opened When The Keyless Entry Transmitter "Trunk" Button Is Operated
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning The Sunroof
            • Notes
            • Sunroof timer function
            • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • Inspection Procedure F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure F-2: Sunroof: Any Of The Sunroof Switch Position Is Defective
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Windshield Wiper And Washer
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper and washer control function
              • Intermittent Control (Vehicle Speed-Dependent Variable Type)
              • Mist wiper control
              • Low speed wiper and high speed wiper control
              • Washer control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Inspection Procedure G-1: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wiper Do Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-2: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "Int" Or "Mist" Position Or The Windshield Washer Switch Is At "On" Position. However, The Wipers Work At Low Speed When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "Lo" Or "Hi"
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-3: Windshield Wiper And Washer: All Of The Windshield Wiper Switch Positions Are Defective
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-4: Windshield Wiper And Washer: Windshield Wipers Does Not Stop At The Predetermined Park Position
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-5: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Cannot Be Adjusted By Using The Variable Intermittent Wiper Control Switch
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-6: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Is Not Changed According To The Vehicle Speed
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-7: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning The Headlights And Taillights
            • Notes
            • Taillights and headlights illumination
              • Taillights
              • Headlights
              • High-beam indicator light
              • Headlight automatic-shutdown function
              • Dimmer automatic reset function
              • Daytime running light function
            • General circuit diagram for the taillights
            • General circuit diagram for the headlights
          • Inspection Procedure H-1: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-2: Headlight And Taillight: The Headlights (Low-Beam) Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-3: Headlight And Taillight: The Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-4: Headlight And Taillight: When The Passing Switch Is Turned "On," The Headlights (Low-Beam Or High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-5: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Lighting Switch Is At "Tail," And "Passing" Position, But Illuminate At Low-Beam When The Switch Is At "Head" Position. At This Position, The Headlights Cannot Be Changed To High Beam By Operating The Dimmer Switch
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-6: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights, The Front Parking Lights, The Front Side Marker Lights Or The License Plate Light Do Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate < 2-Bulb Type >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate < 4-Bulb Type >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-8: Headlight And Taillight: The High-Beam Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-9: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Automatic Shutoff Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-10: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-11: Headlight And Taillight: Daytime Running Light Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning The Flasher Timer
            • Notes
            • Flasher Timer Function
              • Turn-Signal Light
              • Turn-Signal Indicators
              • Hazard Warning Light
            • General circuit diagram for the turn-signal light and hazard light
          • Inspection Procedure I-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Flash When The Turn-Signal Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights Do Not Flash When The Hazard Warning Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-3: Flasher Timer: One Of The Turn-Signal Lights Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-4: The Turn-Signal Light Indicator Does Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning The Fog Lights
            • Notes
            • Fog light
            • Fog light indicator
            • General circuit diagram for the fog lights
          • Inspection Procedure J-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Illuminate When The Fog Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Go Out When The Headlights (Low-Beam) Are Turned Off While The Fog Lights Are On
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-3: Fog Light: One Of The Fog Lights Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-4: The Fog Light Indicator Does Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning The Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Interior light control function
            • Interior light automatic-shutoff function
            • Ignition key hole illumination light function
            • Door ajar indicator
            • Seat belt indicator
            • General circuit diagram for interior lights
          • Inspection Procedure K-1: Interior Light: The Dome Light Do Not Illuminate And Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-2: Interior Light: The Map Light, Rear Dome Light Or Trunk Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-3: Interior Light: Dome Light Dimming Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-4: Interior Light: The Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Does Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-5: Interior Light: The Interior Light Automatic Shutoff Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-6: Interior Light: The Door Ajar Indicator Lights Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-7: Interior Light: The Seat Belt Warning Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure L-1: Cannot Customize The Functions By Operating The Multi-Center Display (Middle-Grade Type)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning The Theft-Alarm System
            • Notes
            • Theft-Alarm System
              • Armed Stage
              • Disarmed Stage
              • Alarm Stage
              • Type Of Alarm
              • Alarm Deactivation
              • Testing The Theft-Alarm System
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • Inspection Procedure O-1: Theft-Alarm System: Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed (Theft-Alarm Indicator Does Not Illuminate)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-2: Theft-Alarm System: The Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-3: Theft-Alarm System: Horn Does Not Sound When The Theft-Alarm Is Triggered
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-4: Theft-Alarm System: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Flash When The Theft-Alarm System Is Triggered
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-5: Theft-Alarm System: Panic Alarm Function Does Not Work
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure M-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (Acc)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (IG1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Fog Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Front Door Switches
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-5: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Taillight Switch, The Headlight Switch, The Passing Light Switch, The Dimmer Switch Or The Turn-Signal Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-6: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, The Windshield Low-Speed Wiper Switch, The Windshield High-Speed Wiper Switch Or The Windshield Washer Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-7: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Variable Intermittent Wiper Control Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-8: Sunroof Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Up, Open Or Close/Down Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Key Reminder Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Any Of The Door Switches
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Front Door Lock Actuator
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-6: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Switch (Incorporated In The Power Window Main Switch And Front Power Window Sub Switch)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-7: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Trunk Lid Latch Assembly
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-8: Transmitter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Lock, Unlock, Trunk Or Panic Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Interior Light Loaded Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-10: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Hood Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
        • ETACS-Ecu
        • Column Switch
        • Front-Ecu
        • Sunroof-Ecu
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Configuration Function
          • Adjustment By Operating The Multi-Center Display < Vehicles With Middle-Grade Multi-Center Display Only >
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Auto-Cruise Control
      • Auto-Cruise Control
        • General Description
        • Construction Diagram
        • Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Auto-cruise control system diagnostic trouble codes
        • Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Line
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC P1564: Auto-Cruise Control Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Condition
              • Judgement Criteria
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1571: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Condition
              • Judgement Criteria
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1574: Pcm And Its Related Component
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1575: Cancel Latch System
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: When The Brake Pedal Is Depressed, Auto-Cruise Control System Is Not Cancelled
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: When The Selector Lever Is Moved To "N" Position, Auto-Cruise Control System Is Not Cancelled
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: When The Auto-Cruise Control "Cancel" Switch Is Set To On, Auto-Cruise Control System Is Not Cancelled
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: Auto-Cruise Control System Cannot Be Set
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Hunting (Repeated Acceleration And Deceleration) Occurs At The Set Vehicle Speed
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: When "Cruise" (Main) Switch Is Turned "On", "Cruise" Indicator Light Inside Combination Meter Does Not Illuminate (However, Auto-Cruise Control System Is Normal)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Pcm Terminal Voltage Reference Chart For Auto-Cruise Control System Operation
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Check
            • Auto-Cruise Control Main Switch Check
            • Auto-Cruise Control Setting
            • Speed-Increase Setting
            • Speed-Reduction Setting
            • Return To The Set Speed Before Cancellation And Auto-Cruise Control Cancellation
        • Auto-Cruise Control System Component Check
          • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Check
          • Stoplight Switch
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch ("N" Position)
        • Auto-Cruise Control
          • Removal And Installation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Exterior Lights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Headlights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Horns
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Infotainment
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Radiator Grille
        • Removal And Installation
      • Garnishes And Moldings
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Side Protector Molding/Roof Drip Molding Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Side Protector Molding/Roof Drip Molding Installation.
      • Rear Spoiler
        • Removal And Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Under Cover
        • Removal And Installation
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Volume Check
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Ejection Check
        • Removal And Installation
          • Overview
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Wiper Blade Rubber/Wiper Blade Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
          • Wiper Motor At Low Or High Speed Operation
          • Wiper Motor At Stop Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper Switch Check
          • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Check
          • Windshield Washer Motor Check
          • Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Door Mirror
        • General Description
          • Operation Door Mirror
            • Remote Controlled Mirror Operation
            • Heated Door Mirror Operation
        • Heated Door Mirror Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • Inspection Procedure 1: All Heated Door Mirrors Do Not Operate
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • Inspection Procedure 2: Right Or Left Heated Door Mirror Does Not Operate
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Power Window Switch Panel Assembly Removal
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
        • Inspection
          • Electric Remote Control Mirror Operation Check
          • Door Mirror Control Switch Continuity Check
          • Heated Door Mirror Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Adhesive
    • Interior
      • General Description
        • Operation
          • Seat belt warning system
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
      • Inside Rear View Mirror Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Inside Rear View Mirror Diagnosis
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Procedures
          • The Inside Rear View Mirror Can't Be Set To Night Mode
            • Notes
            • Function
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Auto-Dimming Feature Test
      • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Connector Disconnection
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • Clip And Claw Position
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Pillar Trim Removal
      • Door Trim
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Rear Door Trim >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • << B >> Power Window Switch Panel Assembly Removal
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Headlining Assembly Removal
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Heated Seat Switch Check
            • Continuity Test Of Heated Seat Switch
            • Seat Cushion Heater Check
            • Seatback Heater Check
          • Heated Seat Relay Continuity Check
          • Power Seat Manual Switch Continuity Check
          • Operation Check Of Power Seat Motor
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < LH Side >
          • < RH Side >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
            • << B >> Slide Adjuster Removal
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Installation Of Rear Seatback Assembly
            • >> B << Installation Of Rear Seat Cushion Assembly
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Switch Continuity Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Front Bumper Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
    • Rear Bumper Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
    • Radiator Grille
      • Removal And Installation
    • Garnishes And Moldings
      • Special Tools
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Adhesive Tape Position
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Side Protector Molding/Roof Drip Molding Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Side Protector Molding/Roof Drip Molding Installation.
    • Rear Spoiler
      • Removal And Installation
    • Mud Guard
      • Removal And Installation
    • Under Cover
      • Removal And Installation
    • Windshield Wiper And Washer
      • General Description
        • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
        • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
        • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
        • Windshield Washer Operation
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Volume Check
      • Windshield Washer Fluid Ejection Check
      • Removal And Installation
        • Overview
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • >> B << Wiper Blade Rubber/Wiper Blade Assembly Installation
      • Inspection
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
        • Wiper Motor At Low Or High Speed Operation
        • Wiper Motor At Stop Position Operation
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Check
        • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Check
        • Windshield Washer Motor Check
        • Windshield Washer Switch Check
    • Mark
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Mark Installation
    • Door Mirror
      • General Description
        • Operation Door Mirror
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Operation
          • Heated Door Mirror Operation
      • Heated Door Mirror Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: All Heated Door Mirrors Do Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Right Or Left Heated Door Mirror Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Power Window Switch Panel Assembly Removal
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Mirror Removal
      • Inspection
        • Electric Remote Control Mirror Operation Check
        • Door Mirror Control Switch Continuity Check
        • Heated Door Mirror Check
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Adhesive
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Radiator Grille
        • Removal And Installation
      • Garnishes And Moldings
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Side Protector Molding/Roof Drip Molding Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Side Protector Molding/Roof Drip Molding Installation.
      • Rear Spoiler
        • Removal And Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Under Cover
        • Removal And Installation
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Volume Check
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Ejection Check
        • Removal And Installation
          • Overview
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Wiper Blade Rubber/Wiper Blade Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
          • Wiper Motor At Low Or High Speed Operation
          • Wiper Motor At Stop Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper Switch Check
          • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Check
          • Windshield Washer Motor Check
          • Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Door Mirror
        • General Description
          • Operation Door Mirror
            • Remote Controlled Mirror Operation
            • Heated Door Mirror Operation
        • Heated Door Mirror Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • Inspection Procedure 1: All Heated Door Mirrors Do Not Operate
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • Inspection Procedure 2: Right Or Left Heated Door Mirror Does Not Operate
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Power Window Switch Panel Assembly Removal
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
        • Inspection
          • Electric Remote Control Mirror Operation Check
          • Door Mirror Control Switch Continuity Check
          • Heated Door Mirror Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Adhesive
    • Interior
      • General Description
        • Operation
          • Seat belt warning system
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
      • Inside Rear View Mirror Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Inside Rear View Mirror Diagnosis
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Procedures
          • The Inside Rear View Mirror Can't Be Set To Night Mode
            • Notes
            • Function
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Auto-Dimming Feature Test
      • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Connector Disconnection
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • Clip And Claw Position
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Pillar Trim Removal
      • Door Trim
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Rear Door Trim >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • << B >> Power Window Switch Panel Assembly Removal
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Headlining Assembly Removal
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Heated Seat Switch Check
            • Continuity Test Of Heated Seat Switch
            • Seat Cushion Heater Check
            • Seatback Heater Check
          • Heated Seat Relay Continuity Check
          • Power Seat Manual Switch Continuity Check
          • Operation Check Of Power Seat Motor
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < LH Side >
          • < RH Side >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
            • << B >> Slide Adjuster Removal
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Installation Of Rear Seatback Assembly
            • >> B << Installation Of Rear Seat Cushion Assembly
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Switch Continuity Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs)
      • General Description
        • Features
        • EBD Control
        • Construction Diagram
        • System Check Sound
        • Abs Operation Sounds And Sensations
        • Long Stopping Distances On Loose Road Surfaces
        • Shock At Starting Check
      • Abs Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Anti-Lock Braking System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • Abs Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Line
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC C1200/C1205/C1210/1215: Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit Or Short Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For These DTCS Are To Set Are:)
          • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1201/C1206/C1211/1216: Wheel Speed Sensor (Abnormal Output Signal)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1226/C1231/C1236/C1241/C1246/C1251/C1256/C1261: Abs Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1266/C1273/C1274: Motor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1278/C1279: Valve Relay System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1395: Brake Fluid Filling Not Completed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1607: Trouble In Abs-Ecu
            • Notes
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1860/C1861: Power Supply System (Abnormal Decrease Or Increase In Voltage)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Communication Between Scan Tool And The Abs-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: When The Ignition Key Is Turned To "On" (Engine Stopped), The Brake/Abs Warning Light Does Not Illuminate; Inspection Procedure 4: The Brake/Abs Warning Light Remains Illuminated After The Engine Is Started
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Faulty Abs Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At Abs-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Output Voltage Measurement
        • Hydraulic Unit Check
        • In The Event Of A Discharged Battery
      • Hydraulic Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Abs-Ecu Harness Connector Disconnection
            • Brake Modulator Hydraulic Unit (Hydraulic Unit And Abs-Ecu) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Brake Tube Connection
      • Wheel Speed Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Wheel Speed Sensor/Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Removal
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Speed Sensor Check
          • Toothed Wheel Speed Rotor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specification
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Basic Brake System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Features
          • Improved Braking Performance
          • Improved Stability
          • Improved Serviceability
        • Construction Diagram
      • Basic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Basic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Basic Brake System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Vehicle Pulls To One Side When Brakes Are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Insufficient Braking Power
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Increased Pedal Stroke (Reduced Pedal-To-Floor Board Clearance)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: Brake Drag
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Scraping Or Grinding Noise When Brakes Are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: Squealing, Groaning Or Chattering Noise When Brakes Are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 7: Squealing Noise When Brakes Are Not Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 8: Groaning, Clicking Or Rattling Noise When Brakes Are Not Applied
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Brake Pedal Check And Adjustment
          • Brake Pedal Height
          • Brake Pedal Free Play
          • Clearance Between Brake Pedal And Dash Panel
        • Brake Booster Operating Test
        • Check Valve Operation Check
        • Proportioning Valve Function Test < Vehicles Without Abs >
        • Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Master Cylinder Bleeding
          • Brake Line Bleeding
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Check
        • Disc Brake Pad Check And Replacement
        • Disc Brake Rotor Check
          • Notes
          • Brake Disc Thickness Check
          • Brake Disc Run-Out Check And Correction
        • Master Cylinder Function Check
      • Brake Pedal
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Stoplight Switch Check
      • Master Cylinder Assembly And Brake Booster
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Connection
            • >> B << Push Rod Protrusion Amount Check And Adjustment
      • Disc Brake Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Brake Drag Force Check
        • Inspection
          • Brake Disc Check
          • Notes
          • Pad Wear Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly < Front >
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • Notes
            • << A >> Caliper Piston/Piston Boot Removal
            • << B >> Piston Seal Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly < Rear >
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • Notes
            • << A >> Piston Boot/Caliper Piston Removal
            • << B >> Piston Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Brake Pin Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
  • Parking Brake System
    • Parking Brakes
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Parking Brake Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Insufficient Parking Brake Function
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Parking Brake Lever Stroke Check And Adjustment
        • Parking Brake Switch Check
        • Parking Brake Lining Seating Procedure
      • Parking Brake Lever
        • Removal And Installation
      • Parking Brake Cable
        • Removal And Installation
      • Parking Brake Lining And Drum
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Rear Brake Bolt/Rear Brake Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Rear Brake Disc Removal
            • << C >> Rear Brake Chamber Retainer Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Rear Brake Chamber Retainer Installation
            • >> B << Rear Brake Shoe Slack Adjuster Installation
            • >> C << Shoe-To-Anchor Spring Installation
        • Inspection
          • Parking Brake Lining And Brake Drum Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs)
      • General Description
        • Features
        • EBD Control
        • Construction Diagram
        • System Check Sound
        • Abs Operation Sounds And Sensations
        • Long Stopping Distances On Loose Road Surfaces
        • Shock At Starting Check
      • Abs Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Anti-Lock Braking System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • Abs Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Line
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC C1200/C1205/C1210/1215: Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Circuit Or Short Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For These DTCS Are To Set Are:)
          • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1201/C1206/C1211/1216: Wheel Speed Sensor (Abnormal Output Signal)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1226/C1231/C1236/C1241/C1246/C1251/C1256/C1261: Abs Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1266/C1273/C1274: Motor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1278/C1279: Valve Relay System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1395: Brake Fluid Filling Not Completed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1607: Trouble In Abs-Ecu
            • Notes
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1860/C1861: Power Supply System (Abnormal Decrease Or Increase In Voltage)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Communication Between Scan Tool And The Abs-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: When The Ignition Key Is Turned To "On" (Engine Stopped), The Brake/Abs Warning Light Does Not Illuminate; Inspection Procedure 4: The Brake/Abs Warning Light Remains Illuminated After The Engine Is Started
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Faulty Abs Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At Abs-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Output Voltage Measurement
        • Hydraulic Unit Check
        • In The Event Of A Discharged Battery
      • Hydraulic Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Abs-Ecu Harness Connector Disconnection
            • Brake Modulator Hydraulic Unit (Hydraulic Unit And Abs-Ecu) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Brake Tube Connection
      • Wheel Speed Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Wheel Speed Sensor/Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Removal
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Speed Sensor Check
          • Toothed Wheel Speed Rotor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specification
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Front Axle
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Noise During Wheel Rotation
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Noise Due To Excessive Play Of Wheel In Turning Direction
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Front Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Brake Disc Removal
            • << D >> Jam Nut (Connection For Lower Arm Ball Joint And Tie Rod End) Removal
            • << E >> Front Wheel Hub Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Washer/Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Bearing Rotation Starting Torque And End Play Check
      • Driveshaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Self Locking Nut (Lower Arm Ball Joint/Tie Rod End Connection) Removal
            • << C >> Driveshaft/Driveshaft And Inner Shaft Assembly < 3.8L-RH > Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Driveshaft And Inner Shaft Assembly < 3.8L-RH >/Driveshaft Installation
            • >> B << Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> TJ Case < 2.4L >/PTJ Case < 3.8L >/Spider Assembly Removal
            • < B >Inner Shaft < 3.8L-RH > Removal
            • << C >> Center Bearing < 3.8L-RH > Removal
            • << D >> TJ Boot < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot < 3.8L > Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Dynamic Damper < 2.4L-LH, 2.4L-RH, 3.8L-LH >/Damper Band < 2.4L-RH >/TJ Boot < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot < 3.8L > Installation
            • >> B << Spider Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Center Bearing < 3.8L-RH > Installation
            • >> D << Dust Seal Inner < 3.8L-RH > /Dust Seal Outer < 3.8L-RH > Installation
            • >> E << Inner Shaft < 3.8L-RH > Installation
            • >> F << TJ Case < 2.4L >/PTJ Case < 3.8L > Installation
            • >> G << TJ Boot Band (Small) < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot Band (Small) < 3.8L >/TJ Boot Band (Large) < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot Band (Large) < 3.8L > Installation
        • Inspection
        • BJ Boot Replacement
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
  • Wheel Hubs
    • Front Axle
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Noise During Wheel Rotation
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Noise Due To Excessive Play Of Wheel In Turning Direction
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Front Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Brake Disc Removal
            • << D >> Jam Nut (Connection For Lower Arm Ball Joint And Tie Rod End) Removal
            • << E >> Front Wheel Hub Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Washer/Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Bearing Rotation Starting Torque And End Play Check
      • Driveshaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Self Locking Nut (Lower Arm Ball Joint/Tie Rod End Connection) Removal
            • << C >> Driveshaft/Driveshaft And Inner Shaft Assembly < 3.8L-RH > Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Driveshaft And Inner Shaft Assembly < 3.8L-RH >/Driveshaft Installation
            • >> B << Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> TJ Case < 2.4L >/PTJ Case < 3.8L >/Spider Assembly Removal
            • < B >Inner Shaft < 3.8L-RH > Removal
            • << C >> Center Bearing < 3.8L-RH > Removal
            • << D >> TJ Boot < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot < 3.8L > Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Dynamic Damper < 2.4L-LH, 2.4L-RH, 3.8L-LH >/Damper Band < 2.4L-RH >/TJ Boot < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot < 3.8L > Installation
            • >> B << Spider Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Center Bearing < 3.8L-RH > Installation
            • >> D << Dust Seal Inner < 3.8L-RH > /Dust Seal Outer < 3.8L-RH > Installation
            • >> E << Inner Shaft < 3.8L-RH > Installation
            • >> F << TJ Case < 2.4L >/PTJ Case < 3.8L > Installation
            • >> G << TJ Boot Band (Small) < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot Band (Small) < 3.8L >/TJ Boot Band (Large) < 2.4L >/PTJ Boot Band (Large) < 3.8L > Installation
        • Inspection
        • BJ Boot Replacement
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
    • Rear Axle
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Rear Axle Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
        • Rear Hub Rotary-Sliding Resistance Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Rear Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Brake Disc Removal
            • << C >> Rear Hub Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Jam Nut (Toe Control Arm Connection) Removal
        • Inspection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
    • Connector End Views - 2.4L
      • Connector End Views
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Electric Remote Control Mirror Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-211) Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-1)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (C-133)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-125)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Connector End View (C-07)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) Connector End View (D-33)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-38)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-18)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-40)
        • Front Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-34)
        • Map Light Assembly Connector End View (D-02)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-204) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-36)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-110)
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-109)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-104)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-39)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-128)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-43)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-106)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View
        • ABS/TCL-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-309)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (C-106)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-129)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Joint Connector (C-01) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (B-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-23) Connector End View
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-111)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120, C-121 And C-122)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-113)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Rear) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-120)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-46)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (LH) Connector End View (E-09)
        • Front Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-311)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-23)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-308)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Joint Connector (C-02) Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (F-04)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-14X)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X, A-12X)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-302, C-303, C-306)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View (C-103)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-13) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-105)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-16)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-32)
        • Front Impact Sensor Connector End View (A-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217)
        • Theft Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-18)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-4)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-119)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-101)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-06)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-110)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front LH) Connector End View (D-20)
        • Central Door Lock Switch Connector End View (Passenger's Side)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (F-08)
        • Rear Speaker Connector End View (D-12)
        • Headlight (HIGH: LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Front Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-04)
        • Front Power Window Regulator Motor (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Door Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-22)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay (B-18X)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-219)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (C-126)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-105)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-26) Connector End View
        • Interior Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C-123)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Joint Connector (C-03) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-11) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-30)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-34)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-29) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-17X)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-19) Connector End View
        • Door Mirror (LH) Connector End View
        • TCL Switch Connector End View (C-131)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (RH) Connector End View (E-01)
        • Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Connector End View (D-17)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-15)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-28)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View (C-301)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View (A-30)
        • Satellite Radio Tuner Connector End View (D-44)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View (C-201)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-24)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-310)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-114)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-04)
        • Door Mirror Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-25)
        • Passenger's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-29)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-107)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-102)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-03, B-27 And B-30)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-203)
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-38)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-215) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-25) Connector End View
        • Trunk Light Connector End View (D-10)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Front) Connector End View
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Rear View Mirror Assembly Connector End View (D-48)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-03)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (C-108)
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-31)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217, C-218, C-219)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (D-23)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-210)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05 And C-31)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-208)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Light Connector End View (C-06)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Connector End View (C-04)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-101, B-102, B-117 Or B-118)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-20)
        • A/C-ECU (Middle Type) Connector End View (C-15, C-16)
        • Power Window Main Switch Front (LH) Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-205) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Module Connector End View (D-18)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-305 And C-307)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-07)
        • Blower Switch Connector End View (C-14)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-33)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-33)
        • Rear Door Switch Connector End View
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-37)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-37) Connector End View
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-5)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front RH) Connector End View (D-35)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Sunroof-ECU Connector End View (D-04)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-108)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-13) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-218)
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-02)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-03-1)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-32)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-122)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View (C-202)
        • Front Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-22)
        • Blower Power Transistor Connector End View (C-104)
        • Windshield Washer Pump Connector End View
        • Radiator Sensor Connector End View (A-41)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (B-16X)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-04)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-42)
        • Turn-Signal Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Overhead Console Assembly Connector End View (D-03)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (C-115)
        • Engine Oil Control Valve Connector End View (B-33)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-08)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-117 And C-134)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View (F-10)
        • Front Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (A-17)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-16)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View (B-21)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) Connector End View (D-21)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-214) Connector End View
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-20)
        • Headlight (LOW: RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-12) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-35)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Dome Light Connector End View (D-07)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View (F-05)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-09)
        • Headlight (LOW: LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-09, C-10, C-105)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-10 Or C-15)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-3)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-108)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-121)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-116)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-2)
        • Front Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-13)
        • Central Door Lock Switch (Driver's Side) Connector End View
        • Headlight (HIGH: RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-36) Connector End View
        • A/C-ECU (Low Type) Connector End View (C-09, C-10)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (C-24)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Reduction Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-6)
        • Occupant Classification-ECU Connector End View (D-30)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-45)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Slide Sensor Connector End View (D-27)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-130)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-31)
    • General (Electrical)
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
          • Notes
          • 1. Voltage Check
          • 2. Short-Circuit Check
          • 3. Continuity Check
    • Simplified Wiring System
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • Door Ajar Warning Buzzer
            • Multi-Center Display Operation Tone < Vehicles With Multi-Center Display (Middle Grade Type) >
            • Turn-Signal Light Buzzer
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
            • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
            • Keyless Entry Horn ANSWERBACK Function
            • Trunk Unlock Function
            • Timed Locking Mechanism
          • Sunroof Control
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Low-Speed Wiper, High-Speed Wiper Control
            • Intermittent Control
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
            • High-Beam Indicator
            • Daytime Running Light Function
              • Notes
              • Illumination control of daytime running lights
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • Turn-Signal Indicators
          • Fog Light
            • Fog Light
            • Fog Light Indicator
            • Interior Light
            • Interior Light Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Seat Belt Indicator
            • Door-Ajar Indicator Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
            • Configuration Function
      • Special Tool
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
        • Diagnostic Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
        • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • How To Connect SWS Monitor
        • How To Use SWS Monitor
        • How To Check Ecus
        • Service Data Check
          • Notes
          • < Data List Reference Table >
            • Notes
            • Column-Ecu
            • ETACS-Ecu
            • Front-ECU, Sunroof-ECU
          • < Function Diagnosis >
            • Notes
            • Wiper
            • Lighting
            • Turn Signal
            • Buzzer
            • Sunroof
        • Pulse Check
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC U1700: Malfunction In The SWS Communication Line
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1701: Communication Error In The Column Switch
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1702: Communication Error In The Front-Ecu
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1703: Communication Error In The Sunroof-Ecu Or The Sunroof Not Installed
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1073: Bus Off
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To A/T)
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
            • DTC U1100
            • DTC U1101
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1108: Combination Meter Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1110: A/C-Ecu Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle-Grade Type) Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1128: Failure Information On Combination Meter
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Symptom Chart
        • Ecu Communication System
        • Function System
      • Input Signal Chart
        • SWS Monitor
        • Scan Tool Or Voltmeter
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Communication
          • Inspection Procedure A-1: Communication With The SWS Monitor Kit Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-2: Communication With The Column Switch (Column-Ecu) Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-3: Communication With The ETACS-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-4: Communication With The Front-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-5: Communication With The Sunroof-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning The Tone Alarm
            • Notes
            • Ignition key reminder tone alarm function
            • Light reminder tone alarm function
            • Seat belt tone alarm function
            • Door ajar warning buzzer
            • Multi-center display operation tone < vehicles with multi-center display (middle-grade type) >
            • Turn-signal light buzzer
            • General circuit diagram for ignition key reminder tone alarm function
            • General circuit diagram for light reminder tone alarm function
            • General circuit diagram for seat belt tone alarm function
          • Inspection Procedure B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-4: Tone Alarm: Door Ajar Warning Buzzer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-5: Tone Alarm: The Multi-Center Display Does Not Sound Normally When It Is Operated < Multi-Center Display (Middle-Grade Type) >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-6: Tone Alarm: Turn-Signal Light Buzzer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning Central Door Locking System
            • Notes
            • Central Door Locking System
              • Door Unlocking By Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
              • Door Locking Or Unlocking By Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Central Door Locking System
          • Inspection Procedure C-1: Central Door Locking System: The Central Door Locking System Does Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-3: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Switch Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-4: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-5: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Inside Lock Knob Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning The Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Power Window Main Switch Function
              • Notes
              • Raises the driver's power window
              • Lowers the driver's power window
              • Lowers the driver's power window by one-touch down function
              • Raises the passenger's power window
              • Lowers the passenger's power window
            • Power Window Sub Switch Function
              • Notes
              • Raises the passenger's power window
              • Lowers the passenger's power window
              • Power window timer function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • Inspection Procedure D-1: Power Windows: Power Windows Do Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-3: Power Window: Only The Front Door Window (LH) Does Not Work By Operating Power Window Main Switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-4: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Front Passenger's Or Rear Passenger's Sub Switches
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-5: Power Window: Front Or Rear Passenger's Power Windows Do Not Work At All By Operating The Power Window Main Switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning The Keyless Entry System
            • Notes
            • All Door Lock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Lock Button
            • Driver's Door Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Unlock Button Once
            • All Door Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Unlock Button Twice
            • Trunk Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Trunk Button
            • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK And Horn ANSWERBACK Function
              • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Keyless Entry Horn ANSWERBACK Function
            • Timed Locking Mechanism
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • Inspection Procedure E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, The Turn-Signal Lights And The Horn Do Not Operate Through The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code Cannot Be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-4: Keyless Entry System: The Trunk Is Not Opened When The Keyless Entry Transmitter "Trunk" Button Is Operated
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning The Sunroof
            • Notes
            • Sunroof timer function
            • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • Inspection Procedure F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure F-2: Sunroof: Any Of The Sunroof Switch Position Is Defective
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Windshield Wiper And Washer
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper and washer control function
              • Intermittent Control (Vehicle Speed-Dependent Variable Type)
              • Mist wiper control
              • Low speed wiper and high speed wiper control
              • Washer control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Inspection Procedure G-1: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wiper Do Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-2: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "Int" Or "Mist" Position Or The Windshield Washer Switch Is At "On" Position. However, The Wipers Work At Low Speed When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "Lo" Or "Hi"
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-3: Windshield Wiper And Washer: All Of The Windshield Wiper Switch Positions Are Defective
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-4: Windshield Wiper And Washer: Windshield Wipers Does Not Stop At The Predetermined Park Position
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-5: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Cannot Be Adjusted By Using The Variable Intermittent Wiper Control Switch
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-6: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Is Not Changed According To The Vehicle Speed
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-7: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning The Headlights And Taillights
            • Notes
            • Taillights and headlights illumination
              • Taillights
              • Headlights
              • High-beam indicator light
              • Headlight automatic-shutdown function
              • Dimmer automatic reset function
              • Daytime running light function
            • General circuit diagram for the taillights
            • General circuit diagram for the headlights
          • Inspection Procedure H-1: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-2: Headlight And Taillight: The Headlights (Low-Beam) Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-3: Headlight And Taillight: The Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-4: Headlight And Taillight: When The Passing Switch Is Turned "On," The Headlights (Low-Beam Or High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-5: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Lighting Switch Is At "Tail," And "Passing" Position, But Illuminate At Low-Beam When The Switch Is At "Head" Position. At This Position, The Headlights Cannot Be Changed To High Beam By Operating The Dimmer Switch
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-6: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights, The Front Parking Lights, The Front Side Marker Lights Or The License Plate Light Do Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate < 2-Bulb Type >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate < 4-Bulb Type >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-8: Headlight And Taillight: The High-Beam Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-9: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Automatic Shutoff Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-10: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-11: Headlight And Taillight: Daytime Running Light Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning The Flasher Timer
            • Notes
            • Flasher Timer Function
              • Turn-Signal Light
              • Turn-Signal Indicators
              • Hazard Warning Light
            • General circuit diagram for the turn-signal light and hazard light
          • Inspection Procedure I-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Flash When The Turn-Signal Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights Do Not Flash When The Hazard Warning Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-3: Flasher Timer: One Of The Turn-Signal Lights Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-4: The Turn-Signal Light Indicator Does Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning The Fog Lights
            • Notes
            • Fog light
            • Fog light indicator
            • General circuit diagram for the fog lights
          • Inspection Procedure J-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Illuminate When The Fog Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Go Out When The Headlights (Low-Beam) Are Turned Off While The Fog Lights Are On
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-3: Fog Light: One Of The Fog Lights Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-4: The Fog Light Indicator Does Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning The Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Interior light control function
            • Interior light automatic-shutoff function
            • Ignition key hole illumination light function
            • Door ajar indicator
            • Seat belt indicator
            • General circuit diagram for interior lights
          • Inspection Procedure K-1: Interior Light: The Dome Light Do Not Illuminate And Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-2: Interior Light: The Map Light, Rear Dome Light Or Trunk Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-3: Interior Light: Dome Light Dimming Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-4: Interior Light: The Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Does Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-5: Interior Light: The Interior Light Automatic Shutoff Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-6: Interior Light: The Door Ajar Indicator Lights Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-7: Interior Light: The Seat Belt Warning Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure L-1: Cannot Customize The Functions By Operating The Multi-Center Display (Middle-Grade Type)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning The Theft-Alarm System
            • Notes
            • Theft-Alarm System
              • Armed Stage
              • Disarmed Stage
              • Alarm Stage
              • Type Of Alarm
              • Alarm Deactivation
              • Testing The Theft-Alarm System
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • Inspection Procedure O-1: Theft-Alarm System: Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed (Theft-Alarm Indicator Does Not Illuminate)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-2: Theft-Alarm System: The Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-3: Theft-Alarm System: Horn Does Not Sound When The Theft-Alarm Is Triggered
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-4: Theft-Alarm System: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Flash When The Theft-Alarm System Is Triggered
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-5: Theft-Alarm System: Panic Alarm Function Does Not Work
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure M-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (Acc)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (IG1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Fog Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Front Door Switches
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-5: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Taillight Switch, The Headlight Switch, The Passing Light Switch, The Dimmer Switch Or The Turn-Signal Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-6: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, The Windshield Low-Speed Wiper Switch, The Windshield High-Speed Wiper Switch Or The Windshield Washer Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-7: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Variable Intermittent Wiper Control Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-8: Sunroof Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Up, Open Or Close/Down Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Key Reminder Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Any Of The Door Switches
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Front Door Lock Actuator
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-6: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Switch (Incorporated In The Power Window Main Switch And Front Power Window Sub Switch)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-7: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Trunk Lid Latch Assembly
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-8: Transmitter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Lock, Unlock, Trunk Or Panic Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Interior Light Loaded Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-10: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Hood Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
        • ETACS-Ecu
        • Column Switch
        • Front-Ecu
        • Sunroof-Ecu
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Configuration Function
          • Adjustment By Operating The Multi-Center Display < Vehicles With Middle-Grade Multi-Center Display Only >
  • Charging Systems
    • Charging System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Operation
      • Charging System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Troubleshooting Guide
      • Special Tool
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Generator Output Line Voltage Drop Test
        • Output Current Test
        • Regulated Voltage Test
          • Notes
          • Voltage Regulation Table
        • Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Waveform
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
            • Notes
            • Abnormal Waveforms
        • Generator Assembly
          • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Generator Assembly Removal
          • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine - Except MIVEC>
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> A/C Compressor Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Generator Assembly Removal
          • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine - MIVEC>
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> A/C Compressor Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Generator Assembly Removal
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.8L Engine >
            • Disassembly Service Points
              • << A >> Front Bracket Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Generator Pulley Removal
              • << C >> Stator Removal
            • Assembly Service Points
              • >> A << Regulator Assembly Installation
              • >> B << Rotor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rotor Check
            • Stator Check
            • Rectifier Check
            • Brush Check
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting/Ignition
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Engine Compartment
        • Notes
        • Fuse Identification Chart
        • Fuse Index Information
      • Passenger Compartment
        • Notes
        • Fuse Index Information
  • Gauges
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Horns
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
    • Connector End Views - 2.4L
      • Connector End Views
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Electric Remote Control Mirror Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-211) Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-1)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (C-133)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-125)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Connector End View (C-07)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) Connector End View (D-33)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-38)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-18)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-40)
        • Front Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-34)
        • Map Light Assembly Connector End View (D-02)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-204) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-36)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-110)
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-109)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-104)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-39)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-128)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-43)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-106)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View
        • ABS/TCL-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-309)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (C-106)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-129)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Joint Connector (C-01) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (B-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-23) Connector End View
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-111)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120, C-121 And C-122)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-113)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Rear) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-120)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-46)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (LH) Connector End View (E-09)
        • Front Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-311)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-23)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-308)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Joint Connector (C-02) Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (F-04)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-14X)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X, A-12X)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-302, C-303, C-306)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View (C-103)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-13) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-105)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-16)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-32)
        • Front Impact Sensor Connector End View (A-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217)
        • Theft Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-18)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-4)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-119)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-101)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-06)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-110)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front LH) Connector End View (D-20)
        • Central Door Lock Switch Connector End View (Passenger's Side)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (F-08)
        • Rear Speaker Connector End View (D-12)
        • Headlight (HIGH: LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Front Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-04)
        • Front Power Window Regulator Motor (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Door Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-22)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay (B-18X)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-219)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (C-126)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-105)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-26) Connector End View
        • Interior Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C-123)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Joint Connector (C-03) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-11) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-30)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-34)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-29) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-17X)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-19) Connector End View
        • Door Mirror (LH) Connector End View
        • TCL Switch Connector End View (C-131)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (RH) Connector End View (E-01)
        • Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Connector End View (D-17)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-15)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-28)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View (C-301)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View (A-30)
        • Satellite Radio Tuner Connector End View (D-44)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View (C-201)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-24)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-310)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-114)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-04)
        • Door Mirror Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-25)
        • Passenger's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-29)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-107)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-102)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-03, B-27 And B-30)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-203)
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-38)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-215) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-25) Connector End View
        • Trunk Light Connector End View (D-10)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Front) Connector End View
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Rear View Mirror Assembly Connector End View (D-48)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-03)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (C-108)
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-31)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217, C-218, C-219)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (D-23)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-210)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05 And C-31)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-208)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Light Connector End View (C-06)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Connector End View (C-04)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-101, B-102, B-117 Or B-118)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-20)
        • A/C-ECU (Middle Type) Connector End View (C-15, C-16)
        • Power Window Main Switch Front (LH) Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-205) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Module Connector End View (D-18)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-305 And C-307)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-07)
        • Blower Switch Connector End View (C-14)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-33)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-33)
        • Rear Door Switch Connector End View
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-37)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-37) Connector End View
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-5)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front RH) Connector End View (D-35)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Sunroof-ECU Connector End View (D-04)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-108)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-13) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-218)
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-02)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-03-1)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-32)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-122)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View (C-202)
        • Front Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-22)
        • Blower Power Transistor Connector End View (C-104)
        • Windshield Washer Pump Connector End View
        • Radiator Sensor Connector End View (A-41)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (B-16X)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-04)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-42)
        • Turn-Signal Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Overhead Console Assembly Connector End View (D-03)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (C-115)
        • Engine Oil Control Valve Connector End View (B-33)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-08)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-117 And C-134)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View (F-10)
        • Front Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (A-17)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-16)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View (B-21)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) Connector End View (D-21)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-214) Connector End View
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-20)
        • Headlight (LOW: RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-12) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-35)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Dome Light Connector End View (D-07)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View (F-05)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-09)
        • Headlight (LOW: LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-09, C-10, C-105)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-10 Or C-15)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-3)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-108)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-121)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-116)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-2)
        • Front Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-13)
        • Central Door Lock Switch (Driver's Side) Connector End View
        • Headlight (HIGH: RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-36) Connector End View
        • A/C-ECU (Low Type) Connector End View (C-09, C-10)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (C-24)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Reduction Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-6)
        • Occupant Classification-ECU Connector End View (D-30)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-45)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Slide Sensor Connector End View (D-27)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-130)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-31)
    • General (Electrical)
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
          • Notes
          • 1. Voltage Check
          • 2. Short-Circuit Check
          • 3. Continuity Check
    • Simplified Wiring System
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • Door Ajar Warning Buzzer
            • Multi-Center Display Operation Tone < Vehicles With Multi-Center Display (Middle Grade Type) >
            • Turn-Signal Light Buzzer
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
            • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
            • Keyless Entry Horn ANSWERBACK Function
            • Trunk Unlock Function
            • Timed Locking Mechanism
          • Sunroof Control
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Low-Speed Wiper, High-Speed Wiper Control
            • Intermittent Control
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
            • High-Beam Indicator
            • Daytime Running Light Function
              • Notes
              • Illumination control of daytime running lights
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • Turn-Signal Indicators
          • Fog Light
            • Fog Light
            • Fog Light Indicator
            • Interior Light
            • Interior Light Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Seat Belt Indicator
            • Door-Ajar Indicator Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
            • Configuration Function
      • Special Tool
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
        • Diagnostic Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
        • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • How To Connect SWS Monitor
        • How To Use SWS Monitor
        • How To Check Ecus
        • Service Data Check
          • Notes
          • < Data List Reference Table >
            • Notes
            • Column-Ecu
            • ETACS-Ecu
            • Front-ECU, Sunroof-ECU
          • < Function Diagnosis >
            • Notes
            • Wiper
            • Lighting
            • Turn Signal
            • Buzzer
            • Sunroof
        • Pulse Check
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC U1700: Malfunction In The SWS Communication Line
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1701: Communication Error In The Column Switch
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1702: Communication Error In The Front-Ecu
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1703: Communication Error In The Sunroof-Ecu Or The Sunroof Not Installed
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1073: Bus Off
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To A/T)
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
            • DTC U1100
            • DTC U1101
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1108: Combination Meter Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1110: A/C-Ecu Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle-Grade Type) Time-Out
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC U1128: Failure Information On Combination Meter
          • Notes
          • Trouble Judgment
          • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Current trouble
            • Past trouble
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Symptom Chart
        • Ecu Communication System
        • Function System
      • Input Signal Chart
        • SWS Monitor
        • Scan Tool Or Voltmeter
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Communication
          • Inspection Procedure A-1: Communication With The SWS Monitor Kit Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-2: Communication With The Column Switch (Column-Ecu) Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-3: Communication With The ETACS-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-4: Communication With The Front-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure A-5: Communication With The Sunroof-Ecu Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning The Tone Alarm
            • Notes
            • Ignition key reminder tone alarm function
            • Light reminder tone alarm function
            • Seat belt tone alarm function
            • Door ajar warning buzzer
            • Multi-center display operation tone < vehicles with multi-center display (middle-grade type) >
            • Turn-signal light buzzer
            • General circuit diagram for ignition key reminder tone alarm function
            • General circuit diagram for light reminder tone alarm function
            • General circuit diagram for seat belt tone alarm function
          • Inspection Procedure B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-4: Tone Alarm: Door Ajar Warning Buzzer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-5: Tone Alarm: The Multi-Center Display Does Not Sound Normally When It Is Operated < Multi-Center Display (Middle-Grade Type) >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure B-6: Tone Alarm: Turn-Signal Light Buzzer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning Central Door Locking System
            • Notes
            • Central Door Locking System
              • Door Unlocking By Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
              • Door Locking Or Unlocking By Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Central Door Locking System
          • Inspection Procedure C-1: Central Door Locking System: The Central Door Locking System Does Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-3: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Switch Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-4: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-5: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Inside Lock Knob Operation
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning The Power Windows
            • Notes
            • Power Window Main Switch Function
              • Notes
              • Raises the driver's power window
              • Lowers the driver's power window
              • Lowers the driver's power window by one-touch down function
              • Raises the passenger's power window
              • Lowers the passenger's power window
            • Power Window Sub Switch Function
              • Notes
              • Raises the passenger's power window
              • Lowers the passenger's power window
              • Power window timer function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • Inspection Procedure D-1: Power Windows: Power Windows Do Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-3: Power Window: Only The Front Door Window (LH) Does Not Work By Operating Power Window Main Switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-4: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Front Passenger's Or Rear Passenger's Sub Switches
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure D-5: Power Window: Front Or Rear Passenger's Power Windows Do Not Work At All By Operating The Power Window Main Switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning The Keyless Entry System
            • Notes
            • All Door Lock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Lock Button
            • Driver's Door Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Unlock Button Once
            • All Door Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Unlock Button Twice
            • Trunk Unlock Function
              • Pressing The Transmitter Trunk Button
            • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK And Horn ANSWERBACK Function
              • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Keyless Entry Horn ANSWERBACK Function
            • Timed Locking Mechanism
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • Inspection Procedure E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, The Turn-Signal Lights And The Horn Do Not Operate Through The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code Cannot Be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure E-4: Keyless Entry System: The Trunk Is Not Opened When The Keyless Entry Transmitter "Trunk" Button Is Operated
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning The Sunroof
            • Notes
            • Sunroof timer function
            • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • Inspection Procedure F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure F-2: Sunroof: Any Of The Sunroof Switch Position Is Defective
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Windshield Wiper And Washer
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper and washer control function
              • Intermittent Control (Vehicle Speed-Dependent Variable Type)
              • Mist wiper control
              • Low speed wiper and high speed wiper control
              • Washer control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Inspection Procedure G-1: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wiper Do Not Work At All
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-2: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "Int" Or "Mist" Position Or The Windshield Washer Switch Is At "On" Position. However, The Wipers Work At Low Speed When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "Lo" Or "Hi"
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-3: Windshield Wiper And Washer: All Of The Windshield Wiper Switch Positions Are Defective
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-4: Windshield Wiper And Washer: Windshield Wipers Does Not Stop At The Predetermined Park Position
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-5: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Cannot Be Adjusted By Using The Variable Intermittent Wiper Control Switch
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-6: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Is Not Changed According To The Vehicle Speed
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure G-7: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning The Headlights And Taillights
            • Notes
            • Taillights and headlights illumination
              • Taillights
              • Headlights
              • High-beam indicator light
              • Headlight automatic-shutdown function
              • Dimmer automatic reset function
              • Daytime running light function
            • General circuit diagram for the taillights
            • General circuit diagram for the headlights
          • Inspection Procedure H-1: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-2: Headlight And Taillight: The Headlights (Low-Beam) Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-3: Headlight And Taillight: The Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-4: Headlight And Taillight: When The Passing Switch Is Turned "On," The Headlights (Low-Beam Or High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-5: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Lighting Switch Is At "Tail," And "Passing" Position, But Illuminate At Low-Beam When The Switch Is At "Head" Position. At This Position, The Headlights Cannot Be Changed To High Beam By Operating The Dimmer Switch
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-6: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights, The Front Parking Lights, The Front Side Marker Lights Or The License Plate Light Do Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate < 2-Bulb Type >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate < 4-Bulb Type >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-8: Headlight And Taillight: The High-Beam Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-9: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Automatic Shutoff Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-10: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure H-11: Headlight And Taillight: Daytime Running Light Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning The Flasher Timer
            • Notes
            • Flasher Timer Function
              • Turn-Signal Light
              • Turn-Signal Indicators
              • Hazard Warning Light
            • General circuit diagram for the turn-signal light and hazard light
          • Inspection Procedure I-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Flash When The Turn-Signal Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights Do Not Flash When The Hazard Warning Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-3: Flasher Timer: One Of The Turn-Signal Lights Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure I-4: The Turn-Signal Light Indicator Does Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning The Fog Lights
            • Notes
            • Fog light
            • Fog light indicator
            • General circuit diagram for the fog lights
          • Inspection Procedure J-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Illuminate When The Fog Light Switch Is Turned On
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Go Out When The Headlights (Low-Beam) Are Turned Off While The Fog Lights Are On
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-3: Fog Light: One Of The Fog Lights Does Not Illuminate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-4: The Fog Light Indicator Does Not Illuminate Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning The Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Interior light control function
            • Interior light automatic-shutoff function
            • Ignition key hole illumination light function
            • Door ajar indicator
            • Seat belt indicator
            • General circuit diagram for interior lights
          • Inspection Procedure K-1: Interior Light: The Dome Light Do Not Illuminate And Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-2: Interior Light: The Map Light, Rear Dome Light Or Trunk Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-3: Interior Light: Dome Light Dimming Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-4: Interior Light: The Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Does Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-5: Interior Light: The Interior Light Automatic Shutoff Function Does Not Work Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-6: Interior Light: The Door Ajar Indicator Lights Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure K-7: Interior Light: The Seat Belt Warning Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure L-1: Cannot Customize The Functions By Operating The Multi-Center Display (Middle-Grade Type)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning The Theft-Alarm System
            • Notes
            • Theft-Alarm System
              • Armed Stage
              • Disarmed Stage
              • Alarm Stage
              • Type Of Alarm
              • Alarm Deactivation
              • Testing The Theft-Alarm System
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • Inspection Procedure O-1: Theft-Alarm System: Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed (Theft-Alarm Indicator Does Not Illuminate)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-2: Theft-Alarm System: The Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-3: Theft-Alarm System: Horn Does Not Sound When The Theft-Alarm Is Triggered
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-4: Theft-Alarm System: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Flash When The Theft-Alarm System Is Triggered
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure O-5: Theft-Alarm System: Panic Alarm Function Does Not Work
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure M-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (Acc)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (IG1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Fog Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Front Door Switches
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-5: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Taillight Switch, The Headlight Switch, The Passing Light Switch, The Dimmer Switch Or The Turn-Signal Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-6: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, The Windshield Low-Speed Wiper Switch, The Windshield High-Speed Wiper Switch Or The Windshield Washer Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-7: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Variable Intermittent Wiper Control Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure M-8: Sunroof Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Up, Open Or Close/Down Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Key Reminder Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Any Of The Door Switches
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Front Door Lock Actuator
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-6: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Switch (Incorporated In The Power Window Main Switch And Front Power Window Sub Switch)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-7: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Trunk Lid Latch Assembly
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-8: Transmitter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Lock, Unlock, Trunk Or Panic Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Interior Light Loaded Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure N-10: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Hood Switch
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
        • ETACS-Ecu
        • Column Switch
        • Front-Ecu
        • Sunroof-Ecu
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Configuration Function
          • Adjustment By Operating The Multi-Center Display < Vehicles With Middle-Grade Multi-Center Display Only >
  • Starter
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting/Ignition
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
    • Starting System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Operation
        • Starting System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Troubleshooting Guide
      • Starter Motor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> ATF Warmer (Transmission Fluid Cooler) And Bracket Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Starter Assembly Removal
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Starter Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
          • Pinion Gap Adjustment
          • Magnetic Switch Pull-In Test
          • Magnetic Switch Hold-In Test
          • Free Running Test
          • Magnetic Switch Return Test
          • Commutator Check
          • Brush Check
          • Overrunning Clutch Check
          • Front And Rear Bracket Bushing Check
          • Armature Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Snap Ring And Stop Ring Removal
          • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Stop Ring And Snap Ring Installation
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Connector End Views - 2.4L
      • Connector End Views
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Electric Remote Control Mirror Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-211) Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-1)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (C-133)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-125)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Connector End View (C-07)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) Connector End View (D-33)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-38)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-18)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-40)
        • Front Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-34)
        • Map Light Assembly Connector End View (D-02)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-204) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-36)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-110)
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-109)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-104)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-39)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-128)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-43)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-106)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View
        • ABS/TCL-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-309)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (C-106)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-129)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Joint Connector (C-01) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (B-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-23) Connector End View
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-111)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120, C-121 And C-122)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-113)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Rear) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-120)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-46)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (LH) Connector End View (E-09)
        • Front Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-311)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-23)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-308)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Joint Connector (C-02) Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (F-04)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-14X)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X, A-12X)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-302, C-303, C-306)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View (C-103)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-13) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-105)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-16)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-32)
        • Front Impact Sensor Connector End View (A-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217)
        • Theft Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-18)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-4)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-119)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-101)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (D-06)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-110)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front LH) Connector End View (D-20)
        • Central Door Lock Switch Connector End View (Passenger's Side)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (F-08)
        • Rear Speaker Connector End View (D-12)
        • Headlight (HIGH: LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Front Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-04)
        • Front Power Window Regulator Motor (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Door Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-22)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay (B-18X)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-219)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (C-126)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-105)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-26) Connector End View
        • Interior Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C-123)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Joint Connector (C-03) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-11) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-30)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-34)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-29) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-17X)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-19) Connector End View
        • Door Mirror (LH) Connector End View
        • TCL Switch Connector End View (C-131)
        • Remote Controlled Mirror (RH) Connector End View (E-01)
        • Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Connector End View (D-17)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View (E-15)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-28)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Connector End View (C-301)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View (A-30)
        • Satellite Radio Tuner Connector End View (D-44)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View (C-201)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-24)
        • Rear Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-310)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (C-114)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-04)
        • Door Mirror Control Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-25)
        • Passenger's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-29)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-107)
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (C-102)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-03, B-27 And B-30)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-203)
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-38)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-215) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-25) Connector End View
        • Trunk Light Connector End View (D-10)
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (RH) Connector End View (E-05)
        • Power Window Sub Switch (Front) Connector End View
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Rear View Mirror Assembly Connector End View (D-48)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-03)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (C-108)
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-31)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-217, C-218, C-219)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (D-23)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-210)
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View (C-05 And C-31)
        • Fuel Pump Relay Connector End View (C-208)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View
        • Front Door Lock Actuator (LH) Connector End View
        • Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Light Connector End View (C-06)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Connector End View (C-04)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-101, B-102, B-117 Or B-118)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-120)
        • PCM Connector End View (B-20)
        • A/C-ECU (Middle Type) Connector End View (C-15, C-16)
        • Power Window Main Switch Front (LH) Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-205) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Module Connector End View (D-18)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-305 And C-307)
        • Rear Power Window Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-07)
        • Blower Switch Connector End View (C-14)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-33)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-33)
        • Rear Door Switch Connector End View
        • Cylinder (1, 4) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-37)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-37) Connector End View
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-5)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Front RH) Connector End View (D-35)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Sunroof-ECU Connector End View (D-04)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-108)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-13) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-218)
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-02)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-03-1)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-32)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-122)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View (C-202)
        • Front Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-22)
        • Blower Power Transistor Connector End View (C-104)
        • Windshield Washer Pump Connector End View
        • Radiator Sensor Connector End View (A-41)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (B-16X)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-04)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) Connector End View (D-42)
        • Turn-Signal Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Overhead Console Assembly Connector End View (D-03)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (C-115)
        • Engine Oil Control Valve Connector End View (B-33)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-08)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-06)
        • Radio, CD Player And CD Changer Connector End View (C-117 And C-134)
        • Navigation Unit Connector End View (F-10)
        • Front Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (A-17)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (D-16)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View (B-21)
        • Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) Connector End View (D-21)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-214) Connector End View
        • Multi-Center Display Unit Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-20)
        • Headlight (LOW: RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-12) Connector End View
        • Cylinder (2, 3) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-35)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Dome Light Connector End View (D-07)
        • Trunk Lid Latch Assembly Connector End View (F-05)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-09)
        • Headlight (LOW: LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-09, C-10, C-105)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (C-10 Or C-15)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-3)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-108)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-121)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-116)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-2)
        • Front Regulator Motor Connector End View (E-13)
        • Central Door Lock Switch (Driver's Side) Connector End View
        • Headlight (HIGH: RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-36) Connector End View
        • A/C-ECU (Low Type) Connector End View (C-09, C-10)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (C-24)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Reduction Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-108-6)
        • Occupant Classification-ECU Connector End View (D-30)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) Connector End View (D-45)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Slide Sensor Connector End View (D-27)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (C-130)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-31)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.4L
        • 3.8L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Auxiliary Emission Control Systems
    • Specifications- Emissions/Engine Controls
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • General Description
      • Notes
      • Construction Diagram
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
    • Special Tool
    • Engine Cooling Diagnosis
      • Introduction
      • Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Coolant Leak
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Engine Overheating
          • Diagnosis
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Engine Coolant Leak Check
      • Radiator Cap Pressure Check
      • Engine Coolant Replacement
      • Engine Coolant Concentration Test
      • Fan Control Relay Continuity Check
      • Radiator Fan Relay Check
      • Radiator Fan Motor Check
    • Radiator
      • Removal And Installation
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Radiator Upper Hose/Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
          • << B >> A/T Oil Cooler Hose Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Radiator Lower Hose/Radiator Upper Hose Connection
    • Thermostat
      • Removal And Installation
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Thermostat Installation
          • >> B << Radiator Lower Hose Connection
      • Inspection
        • Thermostat Check
    • Water Pump
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << O-Ring Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << O-Ring Installation
    • Water Hose And Water Pipe
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Radiator Upper Hose Disconnection
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << O-Rings Installation
          • >> B << Thermostat Case/Water Outlet Fitting Installation
          • >> C << Radiator Upper Hose Connection
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Radiator Upper Hose Disconnection
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << O-Ring Installation
          • >> B << Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Installation
          • >> C << Radiator Upper Hose Connection
      • Inspection
        • Water Pipe and Hose Check
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specification
      • Capacities
      • Sealants
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
  • Intake And Exhaust
    • General Description
    • Intake And Exhaust Diagnosis
      • Introduction
      • Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Exhaust Leakage
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Abnormal Noise
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • Air Cleaner
      • Removal And Installation
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
    • Intake Manifold Plenum
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Intake Manifold Plenum Installation
    • Intake Manifold
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Thermostat Case Assembly Installation
          • >> B << Radiator Lower Hose Connection
          • >> C << Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Connection
          • >> D << Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Valve Gasket Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Disconnection
          • << B >> Fuel Rail And Injector Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Intake Manifold Gasket Installation
          • >> B << Intake Manifold Installation
          • >> C << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Connection
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Intake Manifold Check
    • Exhaust Manifold
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • < Left Bank >
        • < Right Bank >
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Removal
          • << B >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
          • >> B << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Exhaust Manifold Check
    • Exhaust Pipe And Main Muffler
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specification
      • Sealants
  • Fuel System
    • Fuel Supply
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 : Engine Malfunctions Due to Insufficient Fuel Supply
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case: )
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Fuel Level Sensor Check
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
        • Leveling Valve Check
      • Fuel Tank
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Fuel Pump Module Connector/Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector Disconnection
            • << B >> Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Connector Disconnection
            • << C >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Disconnection
            • << D >> Fuel Tank Assembly/Fuel Tank Band Removal
            • << E >> Fuel Pump Module Removal
            • << F >> Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Fuel Tank Vapor Tube B < Vehicles For CALIFORNIA Emission Regulation >/Fuel Tank Vapor Tube A < Vehicles For CALIFORNIA Emission Regulation >/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> B << Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Installation
            • >> C << Fuel Pump Module Installation
            • >> D << Fuel Tank Band/Fuel Tank Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Fuel Shut-Off Valve Check
          • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specification
  • Lubrication System
    • General Description
      • Notes
      • Engine Oils
        • Notes
        • Recommended Precautions
        • Other precautions:
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Engine Oil Check
      • Engine Oil Replacement
      • Engine Oil Filter Replacement
      • Engine Oil Pressure Check
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Sealant
      • Lubricant
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil
  • Mechanical
    • Intake And Exhaust
      • General Description
      • Intake And Exhaust Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Exhaust Leakage
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Air Cleaner
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Intake Manifold Plenum
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Plenum Installation
      • Intake Manifold
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Thermostat Case Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Radiator Lower Hose Connection
            • >> C << Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Connection
            • >> D << Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Valve Gasket Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Disconnection
            • << B >> Fuel Rail And Injector Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Intake Manifold Installation
            • >> C << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Connection
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Check
      • Exhaust Manifold
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • < Left Bank >
          • < Right Bank >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Removal
            • << B >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
            • >> B << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Exhaust Manifold Check
      • Exhaust Pipe And Main Muffler
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specification
        • Sealants
    • On-Vehicle Service (2.4L)
      • General Description
      • Engine Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Auto-TENSIONER Check
          • Operation Check
          • Function Check
            • Notes
            • When using scan tool MB991958
            • When using a tension gauge
        • Valve Clearance Check And Adjustment
        • Rocker Arm Piston Operation Check
        • Ignition Timing Check
        • Curb Idle Speed Check
        • Idle Mixture Check
        • Compression Pressure Check
        • Manifold Vacuum Check
      • Engine Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Belt Removal
            • << B >> Power Steering Oil Pump And Bracket Assembly Removal
            • << C >> A/C Compressor And Clutch Assembly Removal
            • << D >> ATF Warmer (Transmission Fluid Cooler) And Bracket Assembly Removal
            • << E >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Removal
            • << F >> Transaxle Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Power Steering Oil Reservoir Removal
            • << H >> Engine Front Mounting Bracket Removal
          • << I >> Engine Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Engine Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Engine Front Mounting Bracket Installation
            • >> C << Transaxle Assembly Installation
            • >> D << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> E << Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Connection
      • Crankshaft Pulley
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Drive Belt Removal
      • Camshaft And Valve Stem Seal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Camshaft Sprocket Removal
            • << B >> Exhaust Rocker Arm And Shaft Assembly/Intake Rocker Arm And Shaft Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Camshaft Removal
            • << D >> Valve Spring Retainer Locks Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Valve Stem Seals Installation
            • >> B << Exhaust Valve Springs/Intake Valve Springs Installation
            • >> C << Valve Spring Retainer Locks Installation
            • >> D << Camshaft Installation
            • >> E << Intake Rocker Arm And Shaft Assembly/Intake Rocker Arm Shaft Caps Installation
            • >> F << Exhaust Rocker Arm And Shaft Assembly/Exhaust Rocker Arm Shaft Caps Installation
            • >> G << Camshaft Oil Seal Installation
            • >> H << Camshaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> I << Camshaft Position Sensor Support Installation
            • >> J << Engine Oil Pressure Switch Installation
            • >> K << O-Ring/Engine Oil Control Valve Installation
      • Oil Pan
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Engine Oil Pan Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Engine Oil Pan Installation
            • >> B << Engine Oil Pan Drain Plug Gasket Installation
        • Inspection
      • Crankshaft Oil Seal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> A/T Drive Plate Bolts Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << A/T Drive Plate Bolts Installation
            • >> C << Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
            • >> D << Crankshaft Balancer Shaft Drive Sprocket Installation
      • Cylinder Head Gasket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Camshaft Sprocket Removal
            • << B >> Radiator Upper Hose Disconnection
            • << C >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Removal
            • << D >> Cylinder Head Bolts Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Cylinder Head Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Cylinder Head Bolts Installation
            • >> C << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> D << Radiator Upper Hose Connection
            • >> E << Camshaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> F << Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Connection
      • Timing Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Valve Timing Belt Removal
            • << B >> Crankshaft Pulley Center Bolt/Crankshaft Pulley Washer/Crankshaft Camshaft Drive Sprocket Removal
            • << C >> Balancer Timing Belt Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Balancer Timing Belt/Balancer Timing Belt TENSIONER Installation
            • >> B << Balancer Timing Belt Tension Adjustment
            • >> C << Crankshaft Angle Sensing Blade/Crankshaft Camshaft Drive Sprocket/Crankshaft Pulley Washer/Crankshaft Pulley Center Bolt Installation
            • >> D << Timing Belt TENSIONER Adjuster Installation
            • >> E << Timing Belt TENSIONER Pulley Installation
            • >> F << Valve Timing Belt Installation
            • >> G << Valve Timing Belt Tension Adjustment
        • Inspection
          • Timing Belt TENSIONER Adjuster Check
          • Balancer Timing Belt Tension Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
    • Overhaul (2.4L)
      • Special Tools
      • Generator And Ignition System
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Spark Plug Removal
            • << B >> Camshaft Position Sensing Cylinder Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Camshaft Position Sensing Cylinder Installation
            • >> B << Camshaft Position Sensor Support Installation
            • >> C << Spark Plug Installation
      • Exhaust Manifold
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Oxygen Sensor Remove
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Exhaust Manifold Bracket "B" Installation
            • >> B << Oxygen Sensor Installation
      • Timing Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Timing Belt Removal
            • << B >> Oil Pump Sprocket Removal
            • << C >> Crankshaft Bolt Loosening
            • << D >> Crankshaft Sprocket Removal
            • << E >> Timing Belt "B" Removal
            • << F >> Counterbalance Shaft Sprocket Removal
            • << G >> Crankshaft Sprocket "B" Removal
            • << H >> Camshaft Sprocket Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Camshaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> B << Engine Support Bracket Installation
            • >> C << Crankshaft Sprocket "B" Installation
            • >> D << Spacer Installation
            • >> E << Counterbalance Shaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> F << Timing Belt "B" Installation
            • >> G << Crankshaft Sensing Blade/Crankshaft Sprocket/Crankshaft Pulley Washer/Crankshaft Bolt Installation
            • >> H << Oil Pump Sprocket Installation
            • >> I << Auto-TENSIONER Installation
            • >> J << TENSIONER Pulley Installation
            • >> K << Timing Belt Installation
        • Inspection
          • Timing Belt
          • Auto-TENSIONER
          • Valve Clearance Adjustment
      • Fuel And Emission Parts
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Valve Installation
            • >> B << Injectors Installation
            • >> C << Throttle Body Gasket Installation
      • Intake Manifold And Water Pump
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Engine Oil Pressure Switch Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Water Outlet Fitting Installation
            • >> B << Sealant Application To Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
            • >> C << Sealant Application To Engine Oil Pressure Switch
            • >> D << Sealant Application To Engine Oil Pressure Switch
            • >> E << Thermostat Housing Installation
            • >> F << Thermostat Installation
            • >> G << Intake Manifold Stay Installation
            • >> H << Water Inlet Pipe/O-Ring Installation
      • Rocker Arms And Camshaft
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rocker Arms And Rocker Arm Shaft Removal
            • Installation Service Points
            • >> B << Adjusting Screw Installation
            • >> C << Rocker Shaft Spring/Rocker Arms And Rocker Arm Shaft Installation
            • >> D << Camshaft Oil Seal Installation
        • Inspection
          • Camshaft
      • Cylinder Head And Valves
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Cylinder Head Bolts Removal
            • << B >> Retainer Lock Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Valve Stem Seal Installation
            • >> B << Valve Spring Installation
            • >> C << Retainer Lock Installation
            • >> D << Cylinder Head Bolt Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cylinder Head
          • Valve
          • Valve Spring
          • Valve Guide
          • Valve Seat
          • Valve Seat Reconditioning Procedure
          • Valve Seat Replacement Procedure
          • Valve Guide Replacement Procedure
      • Oil Pan And Oil Pump
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Oil Pan Removal
            • << B >> Plug Removal
            • << C >> Flange Bolt Removal
            • << D >> Counterbalance Shaft Front Bearing Removal
            • << E >> Counterbalance Shaft Rear Bearing Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Left Counterbalance Shaft Rear Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Right Counterbalance Shaft Rear Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Counterbalance Shaft Front Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Counterbalance Shaft Oil Seal Installation
            • >> E << Oil Pump Oil Seal Installation
            • >> F << Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
            • >> G << Oil Pump Driven Gear/Oil Pump Drive Gear Installation
            • >> H << Oil Pump Case Installation
            • >> I << Flange Bolt Installation
            • >> J << Plug Installation
            • >> K << Oil Pan Installation
            • >> L << Drain Plug Gasket Installation
            • >> M << Oil Filter Installation
        • Inspection
          • Front Case
          • Oil Seal
          • Counterbalance Shaft
          • Oil Pump
      • Piston And Connecting Rod
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Connecting Rod Cap Removal
            • << B >> Piston And Connecting Rod Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Piston Pin Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Piston Pin Installation
            • Notes
            • >> B << Oil Ring Installation
            • >> C << Piston Ring Number 2/Piston Ring Number 1 Installation
            • >> D << Connecting Rod Bearing Installation
            • >> E << Piston And Connecting Rod Installation
            • >> F << Connecting Rod Cap Installation
            • >> G << Connecting Rod Cap Nut Tightening
        • Inspection
          • Piston Ring
            • Notes
            • Crankshaft Pin Oil Clearance < PLASTIGAGE Method >
      • Crankshaft And Cylinder Block
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Plate Bolt Loosening
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Crankshaft Thrust Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Bearing Cap/Bearing Cap Bolt Installation
            • >> D << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> E << Sealant Application To Oil Seal Case
            • >> F << Drive Plate Bolt Installation
        • Inspection
          • Crankshaft Journal Oil Clearance < PLASTIGAGE Method >
          • Cylinder Block
          • Boring Cylinder
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
    • Power Plant Mount
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Special Tool
      • Engine Mounting
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Power Steering Oil Reservoir Removal
      • Transaxle Mounting
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Transaxle Mounting Stopper Installation
      • Engine Roll Stopper And CENTERMEMBER
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Engine Rear Roll Stopper Bracket Installation
            • >> B << Engine Front Roll Stopper Bracket Installation
      • CROSSMEMBER
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Assembly And Steering Gear Disconnection
            • << B >> Jam Nuts (Connection For Tie Rod End And Lower Arm Ball Joint) Removal
            • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stopper Removal
            • << D >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
            • << E >> Engine Rear Roll Stopper Bracket, Power Steering Gear And Linkage, Stabilizer Bar And Front Axle No.1 CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Stabilizer Bar Installation
            • >> B << Power Steering Gear Bracket/Engine Rear Roll Stopper Bracket Installation
            • >> C << Engine Rear Roll Stopper Bracket, Power Steering Gear And Linkage, Stabilizer Bar And Front Axle No.1 CROSSMEMBER Assembly Installation
            • >> D << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Jam Nuts Installation
            • >> E << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stopper/Jam Nuts Installation
        • Inspection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Starter
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting/Ignition
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
    • Starting System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Operation
        • Starting System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Troubleshooting Guide
      • Starter Motor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> ATF Warmer (Transmission Fluid Cooler) And Bracket Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Starter Assembly Removal
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Starter Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
          • Pinion Gap Adjustment
          • Magnetic Switch Pull-In Test
          • Magnetic Switch Hold-In Test
          • Free Running Test
          • Magnetic Switch Return Test
          • Commutator Check
          • Brush Check
          • Overrunning Clutch Check
          • Front And Rear Bracket Bushing Check
          • Armature Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Snap Ring And Stop Ring Removal
          • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Stop Ring And Snap Ring Installation
  • Timing Belt Replacement (2.4L)
    • Model Applications
    • Manufacturer's Suggested Scheduled Maintenance
    • Special Tools
    • Timing Belt Components
    • Removal And Installation
      • Valve Timing Belt Removal
      • Balancer Timing Belt Removal
      • Balancer Timing Belt Installation
      • Valve Timing Belt Installation
    • Torque Specifications
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - CHRYSLER/MITSUBISHI
      • EGR Function Testing - CHRYSLER/MITSUBISHI
        • Test 1
          • 1974-84 (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 2
          • 1978-87 Carbureted (Dual EGR Valves)
        • Test 3
          • 1983-85 Multiport Fuel Injection (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 4
          • 1986 Colt & Colt Vista (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 5
          • 1986-88 Cordia & Tredia (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 6
          • 1987 Colt, Colt Vista, Mirage, Raider, Ram-50, Montero & Pickup (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 7
          • 1987-88 All Others (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 8
          • 1989-96 Colt Wagon 1.8L, Montero (A/T), Raider (A/T), Sigma, Van/Wagon & All Other Federal Models (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 9
          • 1989-96 Montero (M/T), Raider (M/T) & All Other California Models (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Engine Control Systems
    • Engine Control
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Engine Control System Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Throttle Valve Will Not Fully Open Or Close
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Accelerator Pedal Operation Not Smooth (Over Acceleration)
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tool
      • Accelerator Pedal
        • Removal And Installation
    • Specifications- Emissions/Engine Controls
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Fuel Supply
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 : Engine Malfunctions Due to Insufficient Fuel Supply
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case: )
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Fuel Level Sensor Check
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
        • Leveling Valve Check
      • Fuel Tank
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Fuel Pump Module Connector/Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector Disconnection
            • << B >> Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Connector Disconnection
            • << C >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Disconnection
            • << D >> Fuel Tank Assembly/Fuel Tank Band Removal
            • << E >> Fuel Pump Module Removal
            • << F >> Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Fuel Tank Vapor Tube B < Vehicles For CALIFORNIA Emission Regulation >/Fuel Tank Vapor Tube A < Vehicles For CALIFORNIA Emission Regulation >/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> B << Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Installation
            • >> C << Fuel Pump Module Installation
            • >> D << Fuel Tank Band/Fuel Tank Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Fuel Shut-Off Valve Check
          • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specification
  • Ignition System
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
          • Notes
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • Notes
          • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • Secondary Coil Check
          • Spark Plug Test
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting/Ignition
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
  • Mode 6 - 1997-2012 MITSUBISHI
    • Introduction
    • 1997
    • 1998-2001
    • 2002-2003
    • 2004-2005
    • 2006-07 Eclipse & 2006 GALANT
    • 2006 Endeavor
    • 2007 GALANT & 2007 Endeavor
    • 2007 Outlander
    • 2008 Eclipse
    • 2008 Endeavor, 2008-10 GALANT, 2009-11 Eclipse & 2009-10 Outlander
    • 2008 Lancer
    • 2008 Outlander
    • 2009 Lancer
    • 2009 Lancer SPORTBACK
    • 2010 Lancer & Lancer SPORTBACK
    • 2011-12 GALANT, 2012 Eclipse & 2012 Outlander
    • 2011 Lancer, 2011 Lancer SPORTBACK & 2011 Outlander
    • 2012 Lancer & 2012 Lancer SPORTBACK
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.7L V6 Engine
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.7L
        • V8 Engine
  • System
    • Emission Control
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Hose Routing
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Vacuum Circuit Diagram
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Vacuum Hose Installation
        • Vacuum Hose Check
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
        • General Description (Positive Crankcase Ventilation System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System Check
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Check
      • Evaporative Emission Control System
        • General Description (Evaporative Emission System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Purge Control System Check (Purge Flow Check)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
        • General Description (Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System)
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Check
          • Notes
          • Checking The Operation Sound
          • Checking The Coil Resistance
          • Operation Check
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Cleaning
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << EGR Valve Gasket Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << EGR Valve Gasket Installation
      • Evaporative Emission Canister And Fuel Tank Pressure Relief Valve
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Catalytic Converter
        • General Description (Catalytic Converter)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (1 Of 6)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection Control
        • Throttle Valve Opening Control
        • Idle Air Control
        • Ignition Timing Control
        • Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Other Control Functions
          • Fuel Pump Control
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Control
          • Engine Oil Control Valve Control
          • Fan Relay Control
          • Generator Output Current Control
          • Evaporative Emission Purge Control
          • EGR Control
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) System Diagram
      • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Or Check Engine Lamp)
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
            • Notes
            • PROVISIONAL DTCs [OBD-II Test Mode - Results (Mode 7)]
          • Mode 6 Reference Table
          • Diagnostic By Diagnostic Test Mode II (Increased Sensitivity)
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle
            • Notes
            • Drive Cycle Pattern List
            • Pattern 1
            • Pattern 2
            • Pattern 3
            • Pattern 4
            • Pattern 5
            • Pattern 6
            • Pattern 7
            • Pattern 8
            • Pattern 9
            • Pattern 10
            • Pattern 11
            • Pattern 12
            • Pattern 13
            • Pattern 14
            • Pattern 15
            • Pattern 16
            • Pattern 17
            • Pattern 18
            • Pattern 19
            • Pattern 20
            • Pattern 21
            • Pattern 22
            • Pattern 23
            • Pattern 24
          • System Readiness Test Status
            • Purpose
            • Overview
        • Fail-Safe Function Reference Table
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • Problem Symptoms Table (For Your Information)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (2 Of 6)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC P0031: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0032: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0037: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0038: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0051: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0052: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0057: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0058: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0069: Abnormal Correlation Between Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor And Barometric Pressure Sensor
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0101: Mass Airflow Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0102: Mass Airflow Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0103: Mass Airflow Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Low Input
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit High Input
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criteria
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor (Main) Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor (Main) Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0125: Insufficient Coolant Temperature For Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - drift >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS
            • Notes
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criteria
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0131: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0132: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Condition
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0133: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0134: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) No Activity Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0137: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0138: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0139: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0140: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit No Activity Detected
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0151: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0152: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0153: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0154: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) No Activity Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0157: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0158: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0159: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0160: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit No Activity Detected
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (3 Of 6)
      • DTC P0171: System Too Lean (Cylinder 1, 4)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0172: System Too Rich (Cylinder 1, 4)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0174: System Too Lean (Cylinder 2, 3)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0175: System Too Rich (Cylinder 2, 3)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0181: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0182: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0183: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0201: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 1
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0202: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 2
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0203: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 3
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0204: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 4
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0222: Throttle Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0223: Throttle Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0301: Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0302: Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0303: Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0304: Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition, Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0401: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow Insufficient Detected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0403: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0421: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (Cylinder 1, 4)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0431: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (Cylinder 2, 3)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0441: Evaporative Emission Control System Incorrect Purge Flow
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0450: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0451: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0452: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0453: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Gross Leak)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0456: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Main) Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition, Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (4 Of 6)
      • DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • DTC Set Conditions
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0551: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0554: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0603: EEPROM Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0606: Powertrain Control Module Main Processor Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0622: Generator FR Terminal Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set area:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0630: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0638: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0642: Throttle Position Sensor Power Supply
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0657: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1020: Mitsubishi Innovative Valve Timing Electronic Control System (MIVEC) Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1021: Engine Oil Control Valve Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1540: LIN Communication Check By PCM (Sending Message To Radiator Sensor/DTC P1541: LIN Communication Check By PCM (Receiving Message From Radiator Sensor)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1543: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Check After Thermostat Open)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1544: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Check Before Thermostat Open)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1545: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Change After Thermostat Open)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1546: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Check At Cold Start)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1547: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Rationality Check)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1580: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Encrypted Message)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1602: Communication Malfunction (Between PCM Main Processor and System LSI)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1603: Battery Backup Line Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2066: Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition, Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2100: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit (open)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2101: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Magneto Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2122: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2123: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2127: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2128: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2135: Throttle Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Throttle Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2195: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Inactive
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2197: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Inactive
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2228: Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2229: Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2252: Heated Oxygen Sensor Offset Circuit Low Voltage
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Condition
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2253: Heated Oxygen Sensor Offset Circuit High Voltage
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Condition
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2567: LIN Communication Check By Radiator Sensor (Thermistor Error)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1073: Bus Off
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1102: Abs-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1108: Combination Meter Time-Out
        • Notes
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1109: ETACS-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1110: A/C-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1117: Immobilizer-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (5 Of 6)
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Communication with All Systems Is Not Possible.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Scan Tool Communication with PCM Is Not Possible
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Does Not Illuminate Right after the Ignition Switch Is Turned to the "ON" Position
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Remains Illuminated and Never Goes Out
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Cranks, Won't Start
          • Cranks, Won't Start Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Starts Up and Dies
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Hard Starting
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Unstable Idle (rough idle, hunting)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Idle speed is high (improper idle speed)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Idle Speed Is Low (Improper Idle Speed)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: When the engine is cold, it stalls at idle (die out)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: When the Engine Is Hot, It Stalls at Idle (die out)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The Engine Stalls when Accelerating (Pass Out)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The engine stalls when decelerating
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Hesitation, sag or stumble
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Acceleration shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Deceleration Shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor acceleration
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Surge
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Knocking
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Dieseling (Run-on)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Too high CO and HC concentration when idling
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Transient, Mass Emission Tailpipe Test Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Purge Flow Test of the Evaporative Emission Canister Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: Pressure Test of the Evaporative System Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Generator output voltage is low (approximately 12.3 volts)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this charging system:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Fans (radiator fan, A/C condenser fan) are inoperative
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Power supply system and ignition switch-IG system
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 29: Fuel pump system
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 30: Ignition Switch-ST System and Transmission Range Switch System
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely caused for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 31: Ignition Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 32: A/C system
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (6 Of 6)
      • Data List Reference Table
      • General Scan Tool (GST) Mode 01 Reference Table
      • Actuator Test Reference Table
      • Check At The Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Notes
        • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Check
      • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
        • Camshaft Position Sensor And Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
          • Wave Pattern Observation Points
        • Injector
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor)
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
        • Ignition Coil And Ignition Power Transistor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
          • Wave Pattern Observation Points
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Component Location
        • Throttle Body (Throttle Valve Area) Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Test
        • Fuel Pump Connector Disconnection (How To Reduce Pressurized Fuel Lines)
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Relay And Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Continuity Check
        • Fuel Pump Relay Continuity Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • < Heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
          • < Heated oxygen sensor (front) >
        • Injector Check
          • Measurement of Resistance between Terminals
          • Checking operation sound
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Check
          • < Operation Inspection >
          • < Checking the Terminal Resistance >
        • Engine Oil Control Valve Check
          • Checking the Operation Sound
          • Checking the Coil Resistance
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
        • EGR Valve Check
      • Injector
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Disconnection
            • << B >> Fuel Rail And Fuel Injector Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Fuel Injector Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Connection
      • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Throttle Body Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Initialization Procedure
      • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Initialization Procedure
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealant And Adhesive
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Emission Control
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Hose Routing
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Vacuum Circuit Diagram
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Vacuum Hose Installation
        • Vacuum Hose Check
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
        • General Description (Positive Crankcase Ventilation System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System Check
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Check
      • Evaporative Emission Control System
        • General Description (Evaporative Emission System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Purge Control System Check (Purge Flow Check)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
        • General Description (Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System)
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Check
          • Notes
          • Checking The Operation Sound
          • Checking The Coil Resistance
          • Operation Check
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Cleaning
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << EGR Valve Gasket Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << EGR Valve Gasket Installation
      • Evaporative Emission Canister And Fuel Tank Pressure Relief Valve
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Catalytic Converter
        • General Description (Catalytic Converter)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (1 Of 6)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection Control
        • Throttle Valve Opening Control
        • Idle Air Control
        • Ignition Timing Control
        • Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Other Control Functions
          • Fuel Pump Control
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Control
          • Engine Oil Control Valve Control
          • Fan Relay Control
          • Generator Output Current Control
          • Evaporative Emission Purge Control
          • EGR Control
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) System Diagram
      • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Or Check Engine Lamp)
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
            • Notes
            • PROVISIONAL DTCs [OBD-II Test Mode - Results (Mode 7)]
          • Mode 6 Reference Table
          • Diagnostic By Diagnostic Test Mode II (Increased Sensitivity)
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle
            • Notes
            • Drive Cycle Pattern List
            • Pattern 1
            • Pattern 2
            • Pattern 3
            • Pattern 4
            • Pattern 5
            • Pattern 6
            • Pattern 7
            • Pattern 8
            • Pattern 9
            • Pattern 10
            • Pattern 11
            • Pattern 12
            • Pattern 13
            • Pattern 14
            • Pattern 15
            • Pattern 16
            • Pattern 17
            • Pattern 18
            • Pattern 19
            • Pattern 20
            • Pattern 21
            • Pattern 22
            • Pattern 23
            • Pattern 24
          • System Readiness Test Status
            • Purpose
            • Overview
        • Fail-Safe Function Reference Table
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • Problem Symptoms Table (For Your Information)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (2 Of 6)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC P0031: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0032: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0037: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0038: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0051: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0052: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Front) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0057: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0058: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater (Rear) Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0069: Abnormal Correlation Between Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor And Barometric Pressure Sensor
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0101: Mass Airflow Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0102: Mass Airflow Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0103: Mass Airflow Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Low Input
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit High Input
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criteria
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor (Main) Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor (Main) Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0125: Insufficient Coolant Temperature For Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - drift >
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
          • DTC SET CONDITIONS
            • Notes
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criteria
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0131: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0132: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Condition
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0133: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0134: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) No Activity Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0137: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0138: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0139: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0140: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit No Activity Detected
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0151: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0152: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0153: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0154: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) No Activity Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0157: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0158: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Condition
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0159: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit Slow Response
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0160: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Circuit No Activity Detected
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description
          • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
          • Monitor Execution
          • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • DTC Set Conditions
            • Logic Flow Chart
            • Check Conditions
            • Judgement Criterion
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (3 Of 6)
      • DTC P0171: System Too Lean (Cylinder 1, 4)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0172: System Too Rich (Cylinder 1, 4)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0174: System Too Lean (Cylinder 2, 3)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0175: System Too Rich (Cylinder 2, 3)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0181: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0182: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0183: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0201: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 1
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0202: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 2
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0203: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 3
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0204: Injector Circuit-Cylinder 4
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0222: Throttle Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0223: Throttle Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0301: Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0302: Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0303: Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0304: Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition, Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0401: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow Insufficient Detected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0403: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0421: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (Cylinder 1, 4)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0431: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (Cylinder 2, 3)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0441: Evaporative Emission Control System Incorrect Purge Flow
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0450: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0451: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0452: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0453: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Gross Leak)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0456: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Main) Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition, Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (4 Of 6)
      • DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • DTC Set Conditions
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0551: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0554: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0603: EEPROM Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0606: Powertrain Control Module Main Processor Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0622: Generator FR Terminal Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set area:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0630: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0638: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0642: Throttle Position Sensor Power Supply
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0657: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1020: Mitsubishi Innovative Valve Timing Electronic Control System (MIVEC) Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1021: Engine Oil Control Valve Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1540: LIN Communication Check By PCM (Sending Message To Radiator Sensor/DTC P1541: LIN Communication Check By PCM (Receiving Message From Radiator Sensor)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1543: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Check After Thermostat Open)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1544: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Check Before Thermostat Open)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1545: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Change After Thermostat Open)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1546: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Temperature Check At Cold Start)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1547: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Rationality Check)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1580: DOR Radiator Tampering Monitor (Encrypted Message)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1602: Communication Malfunction (Between PCM Main Processor and System LSI)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1603: Battery Backup Line Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2066: Fuel Level Sensor (Sub) Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition, Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2100: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit (open)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2101: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Magneto Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2122: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2123: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2127: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2128: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2135: Throttle Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Throttle Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2195: Cylinder 1, 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Inactive
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2197: Cylinder 2, 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Inactive
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2228: Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2229: Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2252: Heated Oxygen Sensor Offset Circuit Low Voltage
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Condition
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2253: Heated Oxygen Sensor Offset Circuit High Voltage
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Condition
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2567: LIN Communication Check By Radiator Sensor (Thermistor Error)
        • Radiator Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Monitor Execution
        • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1073: Bus Off
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1102: Abs-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1108: Combination Meter Time-Out
        • Notes
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1109: ETACS-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1110: A/C-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC U1117: Immobilizer-Ecu Time-Out
        • Notes
        • DTC Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criterion
        • Comment
          • Current Trouble
          • Past Trouble
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (5 Of 6)
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Communication with All Systems Is Not Possible.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Scan Tool Communication with PCM Is Not Possible
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Does Not Illuminate Right after the Ignition Switch Is Turned to the "ON" Position
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Remains Illuminated and Never Goes Out
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Cranks, Won't Start
          • Cranks, Won't Start Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Starts Up and Dies
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Hard Starting
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Unstable Idle (rough idle, hunting)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Idle speed is high (improper idle speed)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Idle Speed Is Low (Improper Idle Speed)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: When the engine is cold, it stalls at idle (die out)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: When the Engine Is Hot, It Stalls at Idle (die out)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The Engine Stalls when Accelerating (Pass Out)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The engine stalls when decelerating
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Hesitation, sag or stumble
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Acceleration shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Deceleration Shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor acceleration
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Surge
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Knocking
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Dieseling (Run-on)
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Too high CO and HC concentration when idling
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Transient, Mass Emission Tailpipe Test Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Purge Flow Test of the Evaporative Emission Canister Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: Pressure Test of the Evaporative System Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Generator output voltage is low (approximately 12.3 volts)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this charging system:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Fans (radiator fan, A/C condenser fan) are inoperative
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Power supply system and ignition switch-IG system
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 29: Fuel pump system
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 30: Ignition Switch-ST System and Transmission Range Switch System
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely caused for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 31: Ignition Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 32: A/C system
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (2.4L) - (6 Of 6)
      • Data List Reference Table
      • General Scan Tool (GST) Mode 01 Reference Table
      • Actuator Test Reference Table
      • Check At The Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Notes
        • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Check
      • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
        • Camshaft Position Sensor And Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
          • Wave Pattern Observation Points
        • Injector
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor)
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
        • Ignition Coil And Ignition Power Transistor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method
          • Wave Pattern Observation Points
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Component Location
        • Throttle Body (Throttle Valve Area) Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Test
        • Fuel Pump Connector Disconnection (How To Reduce Pressurized Fuel Lines)
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Relay And Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Continuity Check
        • Fuel Pump Relay Continuity Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • < Heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
          • < Heated oxygen sensor (front) >
        • Injector Check
          • Measurement of Resistance between Terminals
          • Checking operation sound
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Check
          • < Operation Inspection >
          • < Checking the Terminal Resistance >
        • Engine Oil Control Valve Check
          • Checking the Operation Sound
          • Checking the Coil Resistance
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
        • EGR Valve Check
      • Injector
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Disconnection
            • << B >> Fuel Rail And Fuel Injector Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Fuel Injector Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Connection
      • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Throttle Body Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Initialization Procedure
      • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Initialization Procedure
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealant And Adhesive
  • Tune-Up
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Rate Chart
            • Load Test Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Door Lock Prevention Function
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Construction Diagram
            • Operation
        • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm And Door Lock Prevention Function Diagnosis
        • Encrypted Code Registration Criteria Table
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1702: Reception error of encrypted code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1703: Encrypted code inconsistent
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1731: Communication error with the powertrain control module
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1761: VIN Not Recorded
              • Notes
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Cranks, but does not Start
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Immobilizer Indicator Light does not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At ETACS-Ecu (Immobilizer-Ecu) Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Encrypted Code Registration Procedure
            • Notes
            • Precautions During Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Scan Tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly) >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Ignition Key < Registration Using Ignition Key Only >
            • Encrypted Code Registration Using Barcode No
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Steering Column Cover Removal
              • << B >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Inspection
            • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch Check
        • ETACS-Ecu
          • Removal And Installation
      • Combination Meter Assembly
        • General Description
        • Combination Meters Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC B1200: Defective odometer
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC B1201: Defective fuel gauge
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1073: Bus Off
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC U1101: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1102: ABS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1109: ETACS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1112: SRS-ECU Time-out
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1120: Failure Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
              • Notes
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC U1206: Flag invalid
              • Notes
              • Trouble Judgment
              • Comments On Trouble Symptom
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is Not Possible
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Odometer and Trip Meter are not Displayed.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: All the Needle Meters do not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the ON Position, the Indicator and Warning Lights do not Illuminate
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Possible Causes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Speedometer does not Work.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The Fuel Gauge Needle Moves Excessively
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Tachometer does not Work
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work (other meters work)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Combination Meter Terminal Check
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
        • Combination Meter Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement < Except For Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb
            • Front Turn-Signal And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
          • Bulb Replacement < Projector Type >
            • Headlight Bulb (Low Beam)
            • Headlight Bulb (High Beam)
            • Front Turn-Signal Light And Parking Light Bulb
            • Front Side-Marker Light Bulb
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Light
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Diagnosis
      • Dome Light
        • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Dome Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Cover Removal
      • Rheostat
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Switch Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hazard Warning Light Switch Removal
            • Inspection
              • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Steering Column Upper Cover/Steering Column Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Column Switch Connector Removal
      • Horn
        • Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System >
        • Horn
          • Inspection
            • Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Accessory Socket Removal
      • Radio With Cd Player
        • General Description
        • Radio With Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Audio Error Codes
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When Remote Controlled Radio Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available. But Radio, CD Player and CD Changer Power Switch is Available. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (RH) Only. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The System does not Recognize the Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Only.< Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: No Sound. < Vehicles with Audio Amplifier >
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles with audio amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Present while Moving (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise is Present while Moving (FM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM)
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Excessive Noise on AM and FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise is Detected with Engine Running
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Noise is Present While Moving (FM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Constant Noise
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: No Reception (AM)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor Reception
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Distortion on AM and/or FM
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Distortion on FM Only
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Preset Stations are Erased
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD can not be Inserted
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: No Sound (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD Sound Skips
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Sound Quality is Poor
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: CD cannot be Ejected
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Only the satellite radio cannot be heard normally
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test (Vehicles With Seven Speakers)
        • Special Tool
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Audio Amplifier Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Audio Amplifier Installation
        • Antenna < Vehicles Without Satellite Radio Tuner >
          • Removal And Installation
      • Defogger
        • General Description
          • Defogger operation
        • Defogger Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Character Display Function Of Low Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Graphical Display Function Of Middle Grade Multi-Center Display
          • Precautions During Service
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Multi-Center Display System < Middle Grade Type >
          • Communication Error Processing < Middle Grade Type >
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Mode Function < Middle Grade Type >
            • Notes
            • Starting Up The Service Mode
            • Communication Check
            • Monitor Check
            • Compass Check
            • Vehicle Check
            • Auto Check
            • Release Of Service Mode
          • Fail-Safe Function Of The Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type)
        • Diagnosis Function
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 010: Buss Off
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 011: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to Engine); DTC 012: Powertrain Control Module Time-out (Related to A/T)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 013: A/C-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 014: Combination Meter Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 019: ETACS-ECU Time-out
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 020: Failures Information on Powertrain Control Module (Related to Engine)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 021: Failures Information on Combination Meter
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 022: Failures Information on A/C-ECU
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication With Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The A/C Display Shows "COMMUNICATION ERROR", and then can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Air Temperature Display Shows "COM ERROR" or "--°C (--°F)." (Middle Grade Type or Vehicles With Mitsubishi Multi Communication system)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: On the Audio Screen, "COMMUNICATION ERROR" can not Proceed to Next Screen. (Middle Grade Type)
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Compass can not be Calibrated Manually, or Becomes Out of Calibration Easily (Middle Grade Type)
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Ambient Air Temperature Unit Customization (Middle Grade Type)
          • Compass Calibration (Middle Grade Type)
            • Manual Calibration (By Turning The Vehicle)
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization And Correction Method
          • Check At Multi-Center Display Unit Terminal
        • Special Tools
      • MMCS
        • Special Tools
        • Troubleshooting
          • Precautions During MMCS Service
            • Before Removing The Battery
            • Diagnosis Tips Concerning The Entire System
            • Diagnosis Tips When Only Specific Function(S) Is Defective
            • Navigation Function Diagnosis Tips
          • Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Service Mode Entry Procedure
            • Service Mode Top Menu
            • MDS Service Menu
            • Display Check Menu
            • Signal Check Mode
            • System Check Menu
            • Connection Check
              • Notes
              • Connection check
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Version Check
              • Notes
              • Version information types
              • Version
              • Display during the connected equipment check
            • Memory Initialization
            • Hardware Check Menu
            • Touch Switch Check
              • Notes
              • Touch information content
              • Touch switch check
            • Sound Output Check
              • Notes
              • Sound output check
            • Self-Test
              • Notes
              • Self test content
            • NAVI Service Menu
            • Display Menu
            • Self-Diagnosis Menu
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between M.U.T.-III and multi-center display is not possible
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The screen is not displayed with ACC-ON
            • Comments On Trouble Symptom
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Check the power supply circuit system of multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The daytime/nighttime display mode on multi-center display does not switch
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The multi-center display operation tone (beep sound) does not sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The audio communication error screen is displayed to the multi-center display
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The navigation screen is not displayed at all
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The navigation display screen runs or the screen color tone is considerably unnatural
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: The navigation sound is not output or the noise enters in the sound
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: The touch panel operation is ineffective
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The menu operation is possible even during driving. /The current position display (vehicle mark) does not move. (The mark sometimes moves by leaping.)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: The vehicle position is not displayed normally/The vehicle position does not move forward inside a tunnel
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The navigation returns to the opening screen
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The map disc is not read
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: The map disc cannot be inserted
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: GPS cannot be received
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: When in the navigation mode, the messages below are displayed
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: The current position display (vehicle mark) only moves forward or backward
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Even when the vehicle turns the traffic intersection, the current position display (vehicle position) does not make a turn
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Only the front left speaker does not sound (including the audio sound)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Main Unit Terminal Voltage
          • Multi-Center Display Unit
          • Navigation Unit
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft-alarm system component parts
          • Panic alarm system component parts
        • Inspection
          • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Battery >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
          • Notes
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • Notes
          • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • Secondary Coil Check
          • Spark Plug Test
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting/Ignition
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Drive Cycle Index
    • Drive Cycle Procedures
      • 1996 3000GT
      • 1996 Eclipse & Eclipse SPYDER
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1996-98 GALANT
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1996-2000 Montero
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421, P0431)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150, P0156)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170, P0173)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1997 3000GT
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0421, P0431)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150, P0156)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170, P0173)
        • Monitoring Of The Other Devices
      • 1997-1999 Eclipse 2.4L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1997-99 Eclipse SPYDER With 2.0L Turbo And 2.4L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420 & P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1997 Mirage 1.5L & 1.8L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic converter monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1997-2000 MONTERO SPORT, 1998-99 3000GT, 1998-2001 Diamante, 1999-2000 GALANT & 1998-2000 MIRAGE
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421, & P0431)
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450 & P0455)
        • EGR Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170 & P0173)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150 & P0156)
        • Other Monitor
      • 2000 Eclipse
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2001 Eclipse & Eclipse SPYDER
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2001 GALANT, 2004-05 Eclipse, Eclipse SPYDER, Lancer SPORTBACK, Montero Sport
        • Notes
        • Procedure 1 - Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 2 - Fuel Trim Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 3 - Catalytic Converter Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 4 - Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 5 - Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • PROCEDURE 6 - OTHER MONITOR (main Components, Sensors And Switches, Wire Breakage And Short Circuit)
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
      • 2001-02 Mirage
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0441, P0442, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0133, P0139)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0171, P0172)
        • Other Monitors
      • 2001 Montero
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2001 Montero Sport
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-04 Diamante
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitors
      • 2002-03 Eclipse
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-03 GALANT & Montero Sport
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-03 Lancer, Montero & 2003 Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Test Procedure
      • 2004-05 Endeavor, GALANT, Lancer, Montero & Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2006-07 Eclipse, 07 Eclipse SPYDER, 2006-07 Endeavor, 2006 GALANT, 2007 GALANT 3.8L, 2006 Lancer 2.0L, 2007 Lancer
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2006 Lancer 2.4L, Lancer Evolution, Lancer SPORTBACK, Montero & Outlook
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2007 GALANT 2.4L, Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2007-09 Raider
        • Notes
        • Monitor Preliminary Checks
        • Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection with Purge Monitor
        • Catalyst / O2 Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • O2 Sensor Heater Monitor
        • Misfire Monitor
      • 2008-10 Eclipse, Eclipse SPYDER, Endeavor, GALANT, Lancer & Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 26
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 27
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Eclipse, Endeavor, GALANT
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Lancer 2.0L W/O Turbo & 2.4L & Outlander 2.4L & Outlander Sport
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Lancer 2.0L Turbo
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 OUTLANTER 3.0L
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) DTCS
    • Auto-Cruise Control DTCS
    • Automatic Air Conditioning DTCS
    • Automatic Transaxle DTCS
    • Chassis Electrical DTCS
    • Manual HVAC System DTCS
      • Low Type
      • Middle Type
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection DTCS
      • 2.4L
      • 3.8L
    • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) DTCS
    • Traction Control System (TCL) DTCS
    • Wheel And Tire DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • How To Use This Information
      • Maintenance, Repair And Servicing Explanations
      • On-Vehicle Service
      • Service Procedures
      • Definition Of Terms
        • Standard Value
        • Limit
        • Reference Value
        • Danger, Warning, And Caution
        • Tightening Torque Indication
        • Special Tool Note
        • Abbreviations
    • Troubleshooting Guidelines
      • Verify The Complaint
      • Determine Possible Causes
      • Find The Problem
      • Repair The Problem
      • Verify The Repair
    • How To Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
      • Troubleshooting Contents
        • Notes
        • Terminal Voltage Checks
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Checks
      • How To Use The Inspection Procedures
        • Notes
        • Current Trouble
        • Past Trouble
        • Harness Inspection
        • Measures To Take After Replacing The Pcm Or Ecu
      • Connector Measurement Service Points
        • Notes
        • If Inspecting With The Connector Connected < Waterproof Connectors >
        • If Inspecting With The Connector Connected < Ordinary (Non-Waterproof) Connectors >
        • If Inspecting With The Connector Disconnected < When Inspecting A Female Pin >
        • If Inspecting With The Connector Disconnected < When Inspecting A Male Pin >
      • Connector Inspection Service Points
        • Visual Inspection
        • Connector Pin Inspection
        • Connector Engagement Inspection
      • How To Cope With Intermittent Malfunctions
        • Notes
        • To Cope With Intermittent Malfunction;
        • Simulation Tests
      • Inspection Service Points For A Blown Fuse
      • How To Treat Current Trouble
      • How To Treat Past Trouble
    • INTERSYSTEM Affiliated DTC Reference Table
    • Vehicle Identification
      • Vehicle Identification Number Location
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Identification Code Chart Plate
        • Vehicle Identification Number List
          • Except For CANADA
          • Vehicles For CANADA
      • Vehicle Information Code Plate
        • Notes
        • Tire And Loading Information Placard
        • Vehicle Safety Certification Label
        • Engine Model Stamping
        • Theft Protection
    • Precautions Before Service
      • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
      • How To Perform Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Writing
        • Notes
        • VIN Code Registration Procedure For Powertrain Control Module
      • VIN Code Registration Procedure For ETACS-Ecu.
      • Initialization Procedure For Learning Value In MFI Engine
        • Notes
        • Initialization Procedure
      • Learning Procedure For Idling In MFI Engine
        • Purpose
        • Learning Procedure
      • Servicing Electrical System
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Washing
      • Application Of Anti-Corrosion Agents And Undercoats
      • Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III Sub Assembly)
    • Towing And Hoisting
      • Wrecker Towing Recommendation
      • Front Towing Pickup
      • Rear Towing Pickup
      • Towing When Keys Are Not Available
      • Safety Precautions
      • Lifting, Jacking Support Location
        • Floor Jack
        • Post Type
    • General Data And Specifications
      • General Specifications
    • Tightening Torque
    • Lubrication And Maintenance
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Schedules
        • Notes
        • Severe Service
        • Engine Oil
        • Lubricants And Greases
        • Fuel Usage Statement
        • Gasoline Containing Alcohol
        • Gasoline Containing Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE)
        • Materials Added To Fuel
    • Recommended Lubricants And Lubricant Capacities Table
      • Recommended Lubricants
      • Lubricant Capacity Table
      • Lubricant Selection
        • Engine Oil
        • Oil Viscosity
        • Selection Of Coolant
          • Coolant
    • Scheduled Maintenance Table
      • Scheduled Maintenance Service For Emission Control And Proper Vehicle Performance
      • General Maintenance Service For Proper Vehicle Performance
      • Scheduled Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
    • Maintenance Service
      • 1. Fuel System (Tank, Pipe Line And Connection, And Fuel Tank Filler Tube Cap) (Check For Leaks)
      • 2. Fuel Hoses (Check Condition)
      • 3. Air Cleaner Element (Replace)
      • 4. Evaporative Emission Control System (Except Evaporative Emission Canister) (Check For Clogging)
      • 5. Spark Plugs (Replace)
      • 6. Intake And Exhaust Valve Clearance (4G6-MIVEC Engine Only) (Inspect And Adjust)
      • 7. Timing Belt (Replace)
        • Notes
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.8L Engine >
      • 8. Drive Belts (For The Generator And Power Steering Pump) (Check)
        • Drive Belt Tension Check < 2.4L Engine >
        • Generator Drive Belt Tension Check < 3.8L Engine >
          • When Using Scan Tool MB991958
        • When Using The Tension Gauge
        • Belt Deflection Check
        • Generator Drive Belt Tension Adjustment
        • Power Steering Drive Belt Tension Check
          • When Using Scan Tool MB991958
          • When Using A Tension Gauge
          • Belt Deflection Check
      • 9. Exhaust System (Connection Portion Of Muffler, Muffler Pipes And Converter Heat Shields) (Check And Service)
      • 10. Engine Oil (Change)
      • 11. Engine Oil Filter (Replace)
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Filter Selection
        • Oil Filter Replacement
      • 12. Automatic Transaxle Fluid (Check Fluid Level And Condition)
        • Transmission Fluid Check
        • Transmission Fluid Change
      • 13. Engine Coolant (Change)
        • Notes
        • Changing Coolant
      • 14. Coolant Hoses (Radiator Hose, Heater Hose) (Inspect)
      • 15. Disc Brake Pads, Rotors (Inspect For Wear)
      • 16. Brake Hoses (Check For Deterioration Or Leaks)
      • 17. Ball Joint And Steering Linkage Seals (Inspect For Grease Leaks And Damage)
      • 18. Drive Shaft Boots (Inspect For Grease Leaks And Damage)
      • 19. Suspension System (Inspect For Looseness And Damage)
      • 20. Tires (Rotate)
    • Main Sealant And Adhesive Table
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Note
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
          • Notes
          • Service Reminder Reset
          • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Service Reminder Reset
          • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Reset Procedure
          • Setting The Service Reminder Schedule
      • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Description
          • Learned Value Read & Save And Write Learned Value (Changed ECU)
          • Learned Value Reset
          • Test/Limit Value Readout
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Sensor Registration
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Model Coverage
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Registration
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • A/C Compressor
    • Heater, Air Conditioning And Ventilation
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Safety Precautions
        • Operation
          • Condenser Fan And Radiator Fan Control
          • Compressor Control
            • When operating the A/C switch
            • When operating the mode selection dial
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay ON Conditions
      • Service Precautions
        • Caution Labels
      • Manual A/C Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Heater, A/C And Ventilation Diagnosis
        • Heater, A/C And Ventilation Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Line
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart < Low Type >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Low Type >
          • DTC B1011, B1012: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1021, B1022: Air THERMO Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1041, B1042: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Potentiometer System)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1045: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Activating System Failure)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1061, B1062: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1065: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type) Time-Out
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1120: Failure Information On Powertrain Control Module (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart < Middle Type >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Middle Type >
          • DTC B1011, B1012: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1021, B1022: Air THERMO Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1041, B1042: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Potentiometer System)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1045: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Activating System Failure)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1061, B1062: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1065: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type) Time-Out
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1120: Failure Information On Powertrain Control Module (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart < Low Type >
        • Symptom Procedures < Low Type >
          • Inspection Procedure 1: When The Ignition Switch Is "On", The A/C Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: When The Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob Is Moved To Defroster Or Defroster/Foot Position, The A/C Or The Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Outside/Inside Air Changeover Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: When The A/C Is Operating, Temperature Inside The Passenger Compartment Does Not Decrease (Cool Air Is Not Emitted)
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Blower Fan And Motor Do Not Turn
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: Blower Air Amount Cannot Be Changed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 7: The A/C Indicator Flashes
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 8: Defogger Function Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 9: Rear Window Defogger Timer Function Does Not Operate
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 10: Malfunction Of The A/C-Ecu Power Supply System
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart < Middle Type >
        • Symptom Procedures < Middle Type >
          • Inspection Procedure 1: When The Ignition Switch Is "On", The A/C Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: When The Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob Is Moved To Defroster Or Defroster/Foot Position, The A/C Or The Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Outside/Inside Air Changeover Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: When The A/C Is Operating, Temperature Inside The Passenger Compartment Does Not Decrease (Cool Air Is Not Emitted)
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Front Blower Fan And Motor Do Not Turn
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: Front Blower Air Amount Cannot Be Changed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 7: The A/C Indicator Flashes
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 8: Defogger Function Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 9: Defogger Timer Function Does Not Operate
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 10: Malfunction Of The A/C-Ecu Power Supply System
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
        • Check At A/C-Ecu Terminal < Low Type >
        • Check At A/C-Ecu Terminal < Middle Type >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Refrigerant Level Test
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Test
        • Simple Inspection Of The A/C Pressure Sensor
        • Compressor Drive Belt Adjustment
        • Charging
          • Notes
          • Method By Using Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling Unit
          • Discharging System
          • Refilling Of Oil In The A/C System
        • Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Performance Temperature Chart
        • Refrigerant Leak Repair Procedure
          • Lost Charge
          • Low Charge
        • Compressor Noise Check
          • Notes
          • Handling Tubing And Fittings
          • Adjustment
        • Power Relay Check
          • Blower Relay Continuity Check
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Continuity Check
          • Fan Control Relay Continuity Check
        • Idle-Up Operation Check
          • < 2.4 L engine >
          • < 3.8 L engine >
      • Heater Control Assembly And A/C Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Blower Switch Continuity Check
      • Heater Unit, Heater Core, Blower Assembly And Evaporator Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • Overview
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Suction Pipe And Liquid Pipe Disconnection
            • << B >> Heater Unit And Deck CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Inspection
          • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Check
          • Potentiometer Check
          • Air THERMO Sensor Inspection
        • Blower Assembly Disassembly And Assembly
      • Motors And Transistor
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Check
          • Potentiometer Check
          • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Check
          • Blower Fan And Motor Check
          • Resistor Check
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Compressor Assembly And Tension Pulley
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Flexible Suction Hose And Flexible Discharge Hose Disconnection
            • << B >> Compressor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Compressor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Compressor A/C Compressor Clutch Operation Check
          • Cooling Temperature Switch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Field Core Attachment
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Self-Locking Nut Installation
            • >> D << Air Gap Adjustment
      • Condenser And Condenser Fan Motor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Flexible Suction Hose And Liquid Pipe A Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Condenser Installation
        • Inspection
          • Condenser Fan Motor Check
      • Refrigerant Line
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Hose/Pipe Disconnection
            • << B >> Suction Pipe And Suction Flexible Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Ducts
        • Removal And Installation
      • Ventilators
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
    • Heater, Air Conditioning And Ventilation
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Safety Precautions
        • Operation
          • Condenser Fan And Radiator Fan Control
          • Compressor Control
            • When operating the A/C switch
            • When operating the mode selection dial
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay ON Conditions
      • Service Precautions
        • Caution Labels
      • Manual A/C Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Heater, A/C And Ventilation Diagnosis
        • Heater, A/C And Ventilation Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Line
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart < Low Type >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Low Type >
          • DTC B1011, B1012: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1021, B1022: Air THERMO Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1041, B1042: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Potentiometer System)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1045: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Activating System Failure)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1061, B1062: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1065: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type) Time-Out
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1120: Failure Information On Powertrain Control Module (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart < Middle Type >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Middle Type >
          • DTC B1011, B1012: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1021, B1022: Air THERMO Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1041, B1042: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Potentiometer System)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1045: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Activating System Failure)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1061, B1062: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1065: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type) Time-Out
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1120: Failure Information On Powertrain Control Module (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart < Low Type >
        • Symptom Procedures < Low Type >
          • Inspection Procedure 1: When The Ignition Switch Is "On", The A/C Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: When The Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob Is Moved To Defroster Or Defroster/Foot Position, The A/C Or The Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Outside/Inside Air Changeover Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: When The A/C Is Operating, Temperature Inside The Passenger Compartment Does Not Decrease (Cool Air Is Not Emitted)
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Blower Fan And Motor Do Not Turn
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: Blower Air Amount Cannot Be Changed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 7: The A/C Indicator Flashes
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 8: Defogger Function Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 9: Rear Window Defogger Timer Function Does Not Operate
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 10: Malfunction Of The A/C-Ecu Power Supply System
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart < Middle Type >
        • Symptom Procedures < Middle Type >
          • Inspection Procedure 1: When The Ignition Switch Is "On", The A/C Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: When The Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob Is Moved To Defroster Or Defroster/Foot Position, The A/C Or The Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Outside/Inside Air Changeover Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: When The A/C Is Operating, Temperature Inside The Passenger Compartment Does Not Decrease (Cool Air Is Not Emitted)
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Front Blower Fan And Motor Do Not Turn
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: Front Blower Air Amount Cannot Be Changed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 7: The A/C Indicator Flashes
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 8: Defogger Function Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 9: Defogger Timer Function Does Not Operate
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 10: Malfunction Of The A/C-Ecu Power Supply System
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
        • Check At A/C-Ecu Terminal < Low Type >
        • Check At A/C-Ecu Terminal < Middle Type >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Refrigerant Level Test
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Test
        • Simple Inspection Of The A/C Pressure Sensor
        • Compressor Drive Belt Adjustment
        • Charging
          • Notes
          • Method By Using Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling Unit
          • Discharging System
          • Refilling Of Oil In The A/C System
        • Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Performance Temperature Chart
        • Refrigerant Leak Repair Procedure
          • Lost Charge
          • Low Charge
        • Compressor Noise Check
          • Notes
          • Handling Tubing And Fittings
          • Adjustment
        • Power Relay Check
          • Blower Relay Continuity Check
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Continuity Check
          • Fan Control Relay Continuity Check
        • Idle-Up Operation Check
          • < 2.4 L engine >
          • < 3.8 L engine >
      • Heater Control Assembly And A/C Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Blower Switch Continuity Check
      • Heater Unit, Heater Core, Blower Assembly And Evaporator Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • Overview
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Suction Pipe And Liquid Pipe Disconnection
            • << B >> Heater Unit And Deck CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Inspection
          • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Check
          • Potentiometer Check
          • Air THERMO Sensor Inspection
        • Blower Assembly Disassembly And Assembly
      • Motors And Transistor
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Check
          • Potentiometer Check
          • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Check
          • Blower Fan And Motor Check
          • Resistor Check
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Compressor Assembly And Tension Pulley
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Flexible Suction Hose And Flexible Discharge Hose Disconnection
            • << B >> Compressor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Compressor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Compressor A/C Compressor Clutch Operation Check
          • Cooling Temperature Switch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Field Core Attachment
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Self-Locking Nut Installation
            • >> D << Air Gap Adjustment
      • Condenser And Condenser Fan Motor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Flexible Suction Hose And Liquid Pipe A Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Condenser Installation
        • Inspection
          • Condenser Fan Motor Check
      • Refrigerant Line
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Hose/Pipe Disconnection
            • << B >> Suction Pipe And Suction Flexible Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Ducts
        • Removal And Installation
      • Ventilators
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heater, Air Conditioning And Ventilation
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Safety Precautions
        • Operation
          • Condenser Fan And Radiator Fan Control
          • Compressor Control
            • When operating the A/C switch
            • When operating the mode selection dial
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay ON Conditions
      • Service Precautions
        • Caution Labels
      • Manual A/C Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Heater, A/C And Ventilation Diagnosis
        • Heater, A/C And Ventilation Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Line
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart < Low Type >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Low Type >
          • DTC B1011, B1012: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1021, B1022: Air THERMO Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1041, B1042: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Potentiometer System)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1045: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Activating System Failure)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1061, B1062: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1065: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type) Time-Out
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1120: Failure Information On Powertrain Control Module (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart < Middle Type >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Middle Type >
          • DTC B1011, B1012: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1021, B1022: Air THERMO Sensor System
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1041, B1042: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Potentiometer System)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1045: Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer (Activating System Failure)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1061, B1062: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1065: Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Condition
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1100: Powertrain Control Module Time-Out (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1111: Multi-Center Display Unit (Middle Grade Type) Time-Out
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1120: Failure Information On Powertrain Control Module (Related To Engine)
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Current trouble
              • Past trouble
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart < Low Type >
        • Symptom Procedures < Low Type >
          • Inspection Procedure 1: When The Ignition Switch Is "On", The A/C Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: When The Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob Is Moved To Defroster Or Defroster/Foot Position, The A/C Or The Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Outside/Inside Air Changeover Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: When The A/C Is Operating, Temperature Inside The Passenger Compartment Does Not Decrease (Cool Air Is Not Emitted)
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Blower Fan And Motor Do Not Turn
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: Blower Air Amount Cannot Be Changed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 7: The A/C Indicator Flashes
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 8: Defogger Function Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 9: Rear Window Defogger Timer Function Does Not Operate
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 10: Malfunction Of The A/C-Ecu Power Supply System
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart < Middle Type >
        • Symptom Procedures < Middle Type >
          • Inspection Procedure 1: When The Ignition Switch Is "On", The A/C Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: When The Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob Is Moved To Defroster Or Defroster/Foot Position, The A/C Or The Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Does Not Operate
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Outside/Inside Air Changeover Is Not Possible
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: When The A/C Is Operating, Temperature Inside The Passenger Compartment Does Not Decrease (Cool Air Is Not Emitted)
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Front Blower Fan And Motor Do Not Turn
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 6: Front Blower Air Amount Cannot Be Changed
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 7: The A/C Indicator Flashes
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 8: Defogger Function Does Not Operate
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 9: Defogger Timer Function Does Not Operate
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 10: Malfunction Of The A/C-Ecu Power Supply System
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
        • Check At A/C-Ecu Terminal < Low Type >
        • Check At A/C-Ecu Terminal < Middle Type >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Refrigerant Level Test
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Test
        • Simple Inspection Of The A/C Pressure Sensor
        • Compressor Drive Belt Adjustment
        • Charging
          • Notes
          • Method By Using Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling Unit
          • Discharging System
          • Refilling Of Oil In The A/C System
        • Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Performance Temperature Chart
        • Refrigerant Leak Repair Procedure
          • Lost Charge
          • Low Charge
        • Compressor Noise Check
          • Notes
          • Handling Tubing And Fittings
          • Adjustment
        • Power Relay Check
          • Blower Relay Continuity Check
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Continuity Check
          • Fan Control Relay Continuity Check
        • Idle-Up Operation Check
          • < 2.4 L engine >
          • < 3.8 L engine >
      • Heater Control Assembly And A/C Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Blower Switch Continuity Check
      • Heater Unit, Heater Core, Blower Assembly And Evaporator Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • Overview
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Suction Pipe And Liquid Pipe Disconnection
            • << B >> Heater Unit And Deck CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Inspection
          • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Check
          • Potentiometer Check
          • Air THERMO Sensor Inspection
        • Blower Assembly Disassembly And Assembly
      • Motors And Transistor
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Check
          • Potentiometer Check
          • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Check
          • Blower Fan And Motor Check
          • Resistor Check
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Compressor Assembly And Tension Pulley
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Flexible Suction Hose And Flexible Discharge Hose Disconnection
            • << B >> Compressor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Compressor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Compressor A/C Compressor Clutch Operation Check
          • Cooling Temperature Switch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Field Core Attachment
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Self-Locking Nut Installation
            • >> D << Air Gap Adjustment
      • Condenser And Condenser Fan Motor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Flexible Suction Hose And Liquid Pipe A Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Condenser Installation
        • Inspection
          • Condenser Fan Motor Check
      • Refrigerant Line
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Hose/Pipe Disconnection
            • << B >> Suction Pipe And Suction Flexible Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Ducts
        • Removal And Installation
      • Ventilators
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
• Maintenance
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Note
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Reset Procedure
        • Setting The Service Reminder Schedule
    • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Description
        • Learned Value Read & Save And Write Learned Value (Changed ECU)
        • Learned Value Reset
        • Test/Limit Value Readout
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Sensor Registration
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • On-Board Diagnostic/SRS Light Function
        • Construction Diagram
        • Warning/Caution Labels
        • Schematic
        • SRS Air Bag Special Connector
        • Squib Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Circuit Diagram
        • Component Location
      • Service Precautions
      • SRS Air Bag Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • SRS Warning Light Check
        • Passenger Seat Belt Warning Light Check
        • Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Light Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC B1400: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit); DTC B1480: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1401: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit); DTC B1481: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1402: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground); DTC 1482: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 1403: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply); DTC 1483: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1404: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC B1405: Driver's Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC B1414: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC B1415: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC B1424: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC B1425: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC B1434: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition Drive Circuit; DTC B1435: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition Drive Circuit; DTC B1444: Curtain air bag module (RH) (squib) system detected short circuit; DTC B1445: Curtain air bag module (RH) (squib) system detected open circuit; DTC B1454: Curtain air bag module (LH) (squib) system detected short circuit; DTC B1455: Curtain air bag module (LH) (squib) system detected open circuit; DTC B1464: Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (RH) (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC B1465: Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (RH) (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC B1466: Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU; DTC B1467: Safing G-Sensor Open Circuit; DTC B1468: Safing G-Sensor Short Circuit; DTC B1469: Safing G-Sensor for Side Air Bag Faults; DTC B1474: Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (LH) (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC B1475: Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (LH) (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC B1478: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High; DTC B1479: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low; DTC B1484: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC B1485: Driver's Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC B1494: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC B1495: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC B1496: SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM); DTC B1497: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit (for frontal activation); DTC B1498: SRS-ECU ROM or RAM; DTC B1552: Changing Circuit Shorted; DTC B1553: Changing Circuit Open; DTC B1554: SG BY-PASS Circuit Malfunction; DTC B1555: SG BY-PASS Circuit (Field Effect Transistor) Open; DTC B1557: SRS-ECU Application Specific Integrated Circuit
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1406: Front Impact Sensor (RH) System for Fault 1; DTC B1416: Front Impact Sensor (LH) System for Fault 1
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1407: Front Impact Sensor (RH) Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1408: Front Impact Sensor (RH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit; DTC B1409: Front Impact Sensor (RH) (Squib) for Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1410: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit); DTC B1490: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1411: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit); DTC B1491: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1412: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground); DTC B1492: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1413: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (1st Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply); DTC B1493: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (2nd Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1417: Front Impact Sensor (LH) Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1418: Front Impact Sensor (LH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit; DTC B1419: Front Impact Sensor (LH) (Squib) for Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1420: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1421: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1422: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1423: Side-Airbag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1426: Side Impact Sensor (RH) System for Fault 1; DTC B1436: Side Impact Sensor (LH) System for Fault 1
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1427: Side Impact Sensor (RH) Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1428: Side-Impact sensor (RH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit; DTC B1429: Side-Impact sensor (RH) (Squib) for Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1430: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1431: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1432: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1433: Side-Airbag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1437: Side Impact Sensor (LH) Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1438: Side Impact Sensor (LH) (Squib) for Power Supply Circuit; DTC B1439: Side Impact Sensor (LH) (Squib) for Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1440: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1441: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1442: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1443: Curtain Air Bag Module (RH) (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1450: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1451: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1452: Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC: B1453 Curtain Air Bag Module (LH) (squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (short-circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1460: Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1461: Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (RH) (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1462: Seat Belt pre-tensioner (RH) (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1463: Seat Belt pre-tensioner (RH) (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1470: Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1471: Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1472: Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1473: Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (LH) (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1476: IG1 Power Supply Circuit System (Fuse No. 22 Circuit); DTC B1477: IG1 Power Supply Circuit System (Fuse No. 23 Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1486: Passenger seat belt warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 2
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1487: Passenger seat belt warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Illuminate)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1487: Passenger seat belt warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Switch Off)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1488: Passenger Air Bag OFF Indicator Light Drive Circuit System Fault 2
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1489: Passenger Air Bag OFF Indicator Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Illuminate)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1489: Passenger Air Bag OFF Indicator Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Switch Off)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1499: SRS-ECU Air Bag Condition Monitor Detects Deployed Air Bag
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1506: Seat Slide Sensor System Fault 1 (Open in the Seat Slide Sensor Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1507: Seat Slide Sensor System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1508: Seat Slide Sensor System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1509: Improper installation of SRS-ECU
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1519: Connector Lock System Detects Connector Unlocked
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1520: Seat belt switch (LH) malfunction; DTC B1521: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit open (for Normal/Close terminal); DTC B1522: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (ground side) shorted (for Normal/Close terminal); DTC B1523: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (power supply side) shorted (for Normal/Close terminal); DTC B1524: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit open (for Normal/Open terminal); DTC B1525: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (ground side) shorted (for Normal/Open terminal); DTC B1526: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (power supply side) shorted (for Normal/Open terminal); DTC B1527: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit open (for common terminal); DTC B1528: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (ground side) shorted (for common terminal); DTC B1529: Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (power supply side) shorted (for common terminal)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1530: Seat belt switch (RH) malfunction; DTC B1531: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit open (for Normal/Close terminal); DTC B1532: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (ground side) shorted (for Normal/Close terminal); DTC B1533: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (power supply side) shorted (for Normal/Close terminal); DTC B1534: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit open (for Normal/Open terminal); DTC B1535: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (ground side) shorted (for Normal/Open terminal); DTC B1536: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (power supply side) shorted (for Normal/Open terminal); DTC B1537: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit open (for common terminal); DTC B1538: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (ground side) shorted (for common terminal); DTC B1539: Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (power supply side) shorted (for common terminal)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1540: Occupant classification-ECU malfunction; DTC B1541: Occupant classification-ECU calibration malfunction; DTC B1542: Occupant classification sensor (S1) malfunction; DTC B1543: Occupant classification sensor (S2) malfunction; DTC B1558: Occupant classification-ECU ID-cord malfunction
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1545: Occupant classification-ECU for Power Supply Circuit; DTC B1546: Occupant classification-ECU for Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1548: CAN Communication Impossible; DTC B1549: CAN Communication Error
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC B1556: Seat Slide Sensor System for Fault 2 (Malfunction of Seat Slide Sensor)
            • Notes
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC U1073: Bus Off
            • Notes
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between Scan Tool and the SRS-ECU is not possible
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Power Supply Circuit System
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "ON" position (Engine Stopped), the SRS Warning Light does not Illuminate.; INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: After the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "ON" position, the SRS Warning Light does not Go off within Approximately Seven Seconds
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Fail-Safe Function
        • Accuracy Testing Of Occupant Classification Sensor
      • Special Tools
      • Test Equipment
      • Post-Collision Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • SRS-Ecu Memory Check
        • Repair Procedure
          • Notes
          • Front impact sensor
          • SRS-Ecu
          • Air bag modules
          • Front seatback assembly (Side-airbag module)
          • Clock spring
          • Side impact sensor
          • Curtain Air Bag Module
          • Seat slide sensor
          • Occupant classification sensor
          • Steering wheel, steering column and shaft assembly
          • Seat belt with pre-tensioner
          • Harness connector (Front wiring harness, instrument panel wiring harness, and floor wiring harness)
      • Individual Component Service
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Accuracy Check Of Occupant Classification Sensor
      • Front Impact Sensors
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Front Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • SRS Control Unit (SRS-Ecu)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B >> SRS-Ecu Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << SRS-Ecu Installation
            • >> B << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Air Bag Module(S) And Clock Spring
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • < Side-airbag module >
          • < Driver's air bag module and clock spring >
          • < Passenger's (front) air bag module >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B >> Connector (For Air Bag Module) Removal
            • << C >> Driver's Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
            • << D >> Steering Wheel Assembly Removal
            • << E >> Clock Spring Removal
            • << F >> Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Clock Spring Installation
            • >> C << Steering Wheel Assembly/Driver's Air Bag Module Assembly Installation
            • >> D << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Air Bag Module Check
          • Front Seatback Assembly With Side-Airbag Module Check
          • Clock Spring Check
      • Side Impact Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Side Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Curtain Air Bag Module(S)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B >> Curtain Air Bag Module Connector Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Curtain Air Bag Module Installation
            • >> C << Curtain Air Bag Module Connector Connection
            • >> D << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Curtain Air Bag Module Check
      • Seat Belts With Pre-TENSIONER
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B >> Pre-TENSIONER Connector Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Pre-TENSIONER Connector Connection
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt With Pre-TENSIONER Check
      • Seat Slide Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Seat Slide Sensor Installation
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Occupant Classification Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Air Bag Module And Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bag Module Disposal
          • Notes
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Air Bag Module (Driver's Side) >
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side) >
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Side-Airbag Module >
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Curtain Air Bag Module >
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER >
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle < Air Bag Module (Driver's Side) >
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle < Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module >
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle < Side-Airbag Module >
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle < Curtain Air Bag Module >
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle < Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER >
        • Deployed Air Bag Module And Operated Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER Disposal
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • General Description
    • Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Excessive Play Of Steering Wheel
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 3: Rattling Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 4: Shrill Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 5: Squealing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 6: Hissing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 7: Droning Noise
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 8: Squeaking Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 9: Vibration
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 10: Oil Leakage From Hose Connection
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 11: Oil Leakage From Hose Assembly
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 12: Oil Leakage From Oil Reservoir
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 13: Oil Leakage From Oil Pump
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 14: Oil Leakage From Steering Gear
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
      • Steering Angle Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
      • Stationary Steering Effort Check
      • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
      • Drive Belt Tension Check
      • Fluid Level Check
      • Fluid Replacement
      • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
      • Oil Pump Pressure Test
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
        • Notes
        • Inspection Procedure
    • Steering Wheel
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Connector (For Air Bag Module) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Wheel Assembly Removal
    • Steering Column Shaft Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Lock Bolt Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Engine Starting Switch Assembly/Steering Lock Bolt Installation
    • Power Steering Gear Box And Linkage
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly And Steering Gear Disconnection
          • << B >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
          • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Power Steering Gear Bracket/Rear Roll Stopper Installation
          • >> B << Steering Column Dash Panel Cover/CROSSMEMBER Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Self-Locking Nut Installation
      • Inspection
        • Steering Gear Total Pinion Torque Check
        • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Rack
        • Pinion And Valve Assembly
        • Bearing
        • Others
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Lubrication And Sealing Points
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Tie Rod/Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Gear Rack Support Cover Removal
          • << C >> Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
          • << D >> Seal Ring Removal
          • << E >> Special Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
          • << F >> Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Removal
          • << G >> Steering Gear Rack Removal
          • << H >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << I >> Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Removal
          • << J >> Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing) Removal
          • << K >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << L >> Steering Gear Bushing Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Steering Gear Bushing Installation
          • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> C << Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing)/Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Installation
          • >> D << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
          • >> E << Steering Gear Rack Installation
          • >> F << Steering Gear Bushing (Rack Bushing) Installation
          • >> G << Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Installation
          • >> H << Oil Seal/Special Bearing Installation
          • >> I << Seal Ring Installation
          • >> J << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> K << Steering Gear Plug (End Plug) Installation
          • >> L << Steering Gear Rack Support Cover/Steering Gear Inner Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
          • >> M << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
          • >> N << Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer)/Steering Tie Rod Installation
          • >> O << Steering Gear Band (Bellows Band) Installation
          • >> P << Tie Rod End Assembly/Steering Gear Nut (Tie Rod End Jam Nut) Installation
    • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Replacement
      • Inspection
    • Power Steering Hoses
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly/Pressure Hose Installation
          • >> B << Return Tube (R) Installation
          • >> C << Return Tube Assembly Installation
          • >> D << Return Hose (R) Installation
          • >> E << Return Hose (M) Installation
          • >> F << Suction Hose Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricants
      • Sealant
  • Power Steering
    • General Description
    • Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Excessive Play Of Steering Wheel
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 3: Rattling Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 4: Shrill Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 5: Squealing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 6: Hissing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 7: Droning Noise
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 8: Squeaking Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 9: Vibration
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 10: Oil Leakage From Hose Connection
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 11: Oil Leakage From Hose Assembly
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 12: Oil Leakage From Oil Reservoir
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 13: Oil Leakage From Oil Pump
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 14: Oil Leakage From Steering Gear
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
      • Steering Angle Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
      • Stationary Steering Effort Check
      • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
      • Drive Belt Tension Check
      • Fluid Level Check
      • Fluid Replacement
      • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
      • Oil Pump Pressure Test
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
        • Notes
        • Inspection Procedure
    • Steering Wheel
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Connector (For Air Bag Module) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Wheel Assembly Removal
    • Steering Column Shaft Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Lock Bolt Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Engine Starting Switch Assembly/Steering Lock Bolt Installation
    • Power Steering Gear Box And Linkage
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly And Steering Gear Disconnection
          • << B >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
          • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Power Steering Gear Bracket/Rear Roll Stopper Installation
          • >> B << Steering Column Dash Panel Cover/CROSSMEMBER Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Self-Locking Nut Installation
      • Inspection
        • Steering Gear Total Pinion Torque Check
        • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Rack
        • Pinion And Valve Assembly
        • Bearing
        • Others
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Lubrication And Sealing Points
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Tie Rod/Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Gear Rack Support Cover Removal
          • << C >> Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
          • << D >> Seal Ring Removal
          • << E >> Special Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
          • << F >> Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Removal
          • << G >> Steering Gear Rack Removal
          • << H >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << I >> Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Removal
          • << J >> Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing) Removal
          • << K >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << L >> Steering Gear Bushing Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Steering Gear Bushing Installation
          • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> C << Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing)/Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Installation
          • >> D << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
          • >> E << Steering Gear Rack Installation
          • >> F << Steering Gear Bushing (Rack Bushing) Installation
          • >> G << Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Installation
          • >> H << Oil Seal/Special Bearing Installation
          • >> I << Seal Ring Installation
          • >> J << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> K << Steering Gear Plug (End Plug) Installation
          • >> L << Steering Gear Rack Support Cover/Steering Gear Inner Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
          • >> M << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
          • >> N << Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer)/Steering Tie Rod Installation
          • >> O << Steering Gear Band (Bellows Band) Installation
          • >> P << Tie Rod End Assembly/Steering Gear Nut (Tie Rod End Jam Nut) Installation
    • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Replacement
      • Inspection
    • Power Steering Hoses
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly/Pressure Hose Installation
          • >> B << Return Tube (R) Installation
          • >> C << Return Tube Assembly Installation
          • >> D << Return Hose (R) Installation
          • >> E << Return Hose (M) Installation
          • >> F << Suction Hose Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricants
      • Sealant
  • Steering Column
    • General Description
    • Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Excessive Play Of Steering Wheel
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 3: Rattling Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 4: Shrill Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 5: Squealing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 6: Hissing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 7: Droning Noise
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 8: Squeaking Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 9: Vibration
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 10: Oil Leakage From Hose Connection
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 11: Oil Leakage From Hose Assembly
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 12: Oil Leakage From Oil Reservoir
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 13: Oil Leakage From Oil Pump
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 14: Oil Leakage From Steering Gear
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
      • Steering Angle Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
      • Stationary Steering Effort Check
      • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
      • Drive Belt Tension Check
      • Fluid Level Check
      • Fluid Replacement
      • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
      • Oil Pump Pressure Test
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
        • Notes
        • Inspection Procedure
    • Steering Wheel
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Connector (For Air Bag Module) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Wheel Assembly Removal
    • Steering Column Shaft Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Lock Bolt Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Engine Starting Switch Assembly/Steering Lock Bolt Installation
    • Power Steering Gear Box And Linkage
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly And Steering Gear Disconnection
          • << B >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
          • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Power Steering Gear Bracket/Rear Roll Stopper Installation
          • >> B << Steering Column Dash Panel Cover/CROSSMEMBER Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Self-Locking Nut Installation
      • Inspection
        • Steering Gear Total Pinion Torque Check
        • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Rack
        • Pinion And Valve Assembly
        • Bearing
        • Others
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Lubrication And Sealing Points
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Tie Rod/Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Gear Rack Support Cover Removal
          • << C >> Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
          • << D >> Seal Ring Removal
          • << E >> Special Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
          • << F >> Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Removal
          • << G >> Steering Gear Rack Removal
          • << H >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << I >> Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Removal
          • << J >> Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing) Removal
          • << K >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << L >> Steering Gear Bushing Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Steering Gear Bushing Installation
          • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> C << Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing)/Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Installation
          • >> D << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
          • >> E << Steering Gear Rack Installation
          • >> F << Steering Gear Bushing (Rack Bushing) Installation
          • >> G << Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Installation
          • >> H << Oil Seal/Special Bearing Installation
          • >> I << Seal Ring Installation
          • >> J << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> K << Steering Gear Plug (End Plug) Installation
          • >> L << Steering Gear Rack Support Cover/Steering Gear Inner Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
          • >> M << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
          • >> N << Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer)/Steering Tie Rod Installation
          • >> O << Steering Gear Band (Bellows Band) Installation
          • >> P << Tie Rod End Assembly/Steering Gear Nut (Tie Rod End Jam Nut) Installation
    • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Replacement
      • Inspection
    • Power Steering Hoses
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly/Pressure Hose Installation
          • >> B << Return Tube (R) Installation
          • >> C << Return Tube Assembly Installation
          • >> D << Return Hose (R) Installation
          • >> E << Return Hose (M) Installation
          • >> F << Suction Hose Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricants
      • Sealant
  • Steering Gear
    • General Description
    • Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Excessive Play Of Steering Wheel
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 3: Rattling Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 4: Shrill Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 5: Squealing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 6: Hissing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 7: Droning Noise
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 8: Squeaking Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 9: Vibration
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 10: Oil Leakage From Hose Connection
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 11: Oil Leakage From Hose Assembly
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 12: Oil Leakage From Oil Reservoir
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 13: Oil Leakage From Oil Pump
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 14: Oil Leakage From Steering Gear
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
      • Steering Angle Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
      • Stationary Steering Effort Check
      • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
      • Drive Belt Tension Check
      • Fluid Level Check
      • Fluid Replacement
      • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
      • Oil Pump Pressure Test
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
        • Notes
        • Inspection Procedure
    • Steering Wheel
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Connector (For Air Bag Module) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Wheel Assembly Removal
    • Steering Column Shaft Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Lock Bolt Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Engine Starting Switch Assembly/Steering Lock Bolt Installation
    • Power Steering Gear Box And Linkage
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly And Steering Gear Disconnection
          • << B >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
          • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Power Steering Gear Bracket/Rear Roll Stopper Installation
          • >> B << Steering Column Dash Panel Cover/CROSSMEMBER Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Self-Locking Nut Installation
      • Inspection
        • Steering Gear Total Pinion Torque Check
        • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Rack
        • Pinion And Valve Assembly
        • Bearing
        • Others
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Lubrication And Sealing Points
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Tie Rod/Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Gear Rack Support Cover Removal
          • << C >> Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
          • << D >> Seal Ring Removal
          • << E >> Special Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
          • << F >> Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Removal
          • << G >> Steering Gear Rack Removal
          • << H >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << I >> Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Removal
          • << J >> Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing) Removal
          • << K >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << L >> Steering Gear Bushing Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Steering Gear Bushing Installation
          • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> C << Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing)/Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Installation
          • >> D << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
          • >> E << Steering Gear Rack Installation
          • >> F << Steering Gear Bushing (Rack Bushing) Installation
          • >> G << Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Installation
          • >> H << Oil Seal/Special Bearing Installation
          • >> I << Seal Ring Installation
          • >> J << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> K << Steering Gear Plug (End Plug) Installation
          • >> L << Steering Gear Rack Support Cover/Steering Gear Inner Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
          • >> M << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
          • >> N << Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer)/Steering Tie Rod Installation
          • >> O << Steering Gear Band (Bellows Band) Installation
          • >> P << Tie Rod End Assembly/Steering Gear Nut (Tie Rod End Jam Nut) Installation
    • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Replacement
      • Inspection
    • Power Steering Hoses
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly/Pressure Hose Installation
          • >> B << Return Tube (R) Installation
          • >> C << Return Tube Assembly Installation
          • >> D << Return Hose (R) Installation
          • >> E << Return Hose (M) Installation
          • >> F << Suction Hose Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricants
      • Sealant
  • Steering Linkage
    • General Description
    • Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Excessive Play Of Steering Wheel
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 3: Rattling Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 4: Shrill Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 5: Squealing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 6: Hissing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 7: Droning Noise
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 8: Squeaking Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 9: Vibration
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 10: Oil Leakage From Hose Connection
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 11: Oil Leakage From Hose Assembly
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 12: Oil Leakage From Oil Reservoir
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 13: Oil Leakage From Oil Pump
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 14: Oil Leakage From Steering Gear
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
      • Steering Angle Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
      • Stationary Steering Effort Check
      • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
      • Drive Belt Tension Check
      • Fluid Level Check
      • Fluid Replacement
      • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
      • Oil Pump Pressure Test
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
        • Notes
        • Inspection Procedure
    • Steering Wheel
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Connector (For Air Bag Module) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Wheel Assembly Removal
    • Steering Column Shaft Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Steering Lock Bolt Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Engine Starting Switch Assembly/Steering Lock Bolt Installation
    • Power Steering Gear Box And Linkage
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Column Shaft Assembly And Steering Gear Disconnection
          • << B >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
          • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Power Steering Gear Bracket/Rear Roll Stopper Installation
          • >> B << Steering Column Dash Panel Cover/CROSSMEMBER Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Self-Locking Nut Installation
      • Inspection
        • Steering Gear Total Pinion Torque Check
        • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Rack
        • Pinion And Valve Assembly
        • Bearing
        • Others
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Lubrication And Sealing Points
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Steering Tie Rod/Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer) Removal
          • << B >> Steering Gear Rack Support Cover Removal
          • << C >> Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
          • << D >> Seal Ring Removal
          • << E >> Special Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
          • << F >> Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Removal
          • << G >> Steering Gear Rack Removal
          • << H >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << I >> Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Removal
          • << J >> Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing) Removal
          • << K >> Oil Seal Removal
          • << L >> Steering Gear Bushing Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Steering Gear Bushing Installation
          • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> C << Steering Gear Pinion Shaft Upper Bearing (Needle Roller Bearing)/Steering Gear Pinion Bearing (Ball Bearing) Installation
          • >> D << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
          • >> E << Steering Gear Rack Installation
          • >> F << Steering Gear Bushing (Rack Bushing) Installation
          • >> G << Steering Gear Piston Clip (CIRCLIP) Installation
          • >> H << Oil Seal/Special Bearing Installation
          • >> I << Seal Ring Installation
          • >> J << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> K << Steering Gear Plug (End Plug) Installation
          • >> L << Steering Gear Rack Support Cover/Steering Gear Inner Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
          • >> M << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
          • >> N << Steering Gear Washer (Tab Washer)/Steering Tie Rod Installation
          • >> O << Steering Gear Band (Bellows Band) Installation
          • >> P << Tie Rod End Assembly/Steering Gear Nut (Tie Rod End Jam Nut) Installation
    • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
      • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Removal And Installation < 3.8L Engine >
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Suction Hose Installation
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Replacement
      • Inspection
    • Power Steering Hoses
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly/Pressure Hose Installation
          • >> B << Return Tube (R) Installation
          • >> C << Return Tube Assembly Installation
          • >> D << Return Hose (R) Installation
          • >> E << Return Hose (M) Installation
          • >> F << Suction Hose Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricants
      • Sealant
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension & Wheel Alignment
    • General Description
      • Notes
      • Construction Diagram
    • Front Suspension Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Front Suspension Diagnosis
      • Front Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure 1: Steering Wheel Is Heavy, Vibrates Or Pulls To One Side
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 2: Excessive Body Rolling
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 3: Poor Ride
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 4: Unequal Ride Height
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure 5: Noise
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Front Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Toe-In
        • Camber, Caster And Kingpin Inclination
      • Lower Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Strut Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Inspection
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Strut Nut (Jam Nut) Removal
          • << B >> Front Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Spring Lower Pad Installation
          • >> B << Strut Insulator Installation
          • >> C << Strut Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
    • Lower Arm
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Lower Arm And Knuckle Disconnection
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Lower Arm Bushing (Rear) Replacement
    • Stabilizer Bar
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << B >> Steering Gear And Steering Column Assembly Disconnection
          • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Stabilizer Bushing/Stabilizer Bracket Installation
          • >> B << Front Axle No.1 CROSSMEMBER, Rear Roll Stopper And Steering Gear Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Jam Nut Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • Coil Spring
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricant
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Axle
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Rear Axle Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
        • Rear Hub Rotary-Sliding Resistance Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Rear Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Brake Disc Removal
            • << C >> Rear Hub Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Jam Nut (Toe Control Arm Connection) Removal
        • Inspection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
    • Rear Suspension & Wheel Alignment
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Rear Suspension Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Squeaks Or Other Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Poor Ride
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Body Tilting
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Rear Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Camber
          • Toe-In
          • Camber And Toe Reference Table
        • Lower Arm Pillow Ball Bushing End Play Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
      • Upper Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Lower Arm
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Lower Arm Bolt Removal
        • Inspection
      • Trailing Arm
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Toe Control Arm
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Toe Control Arm Assembly And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Assist Link Bolt Removal
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Shock Absorber Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Coil Spring Nut (Jam Nut) Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Coil Spring Installation
            • >> B << Shock Absorber Insulator Installation
            • >> C << Coil Spring Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
          • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Stabilizer Bushing/Stabilizer Bar Bracket Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Stabilizer Bar Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Stabilizer Bar Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Rear Suspension CROSSMEMBER
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Removal < Vehicles With Abs >
            • << B >> Toe Control Arm Assembly Removal
            • << C >> CROSSMEMBER Stay (Rear) Removal
            • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Bracket Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << CROSSMEMBER Stay (Front) Installation
            • >> B << CROSSMEMBER Bracket/CROSSMEMBER Nut Installation
            • >> C << CROSSMEMBER Stay (Rear)/CROSSMEMBER Nut Installation
        • Inspection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
          • Coil Spring
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Front Suspension & Wheel Alignment
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Front Suspension Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Front Suspension Diagnosis
        • Front Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Steering Wheel Is Heavy, Vibrates Or Pulls To One Side
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Excessive Body Rolling
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Poor Ride
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 4: Unequal Ride Height
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 5: Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Front Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Toe-In
          • Camber, Caster And Kingpin Inclination
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Strut Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Strut Nut (Jam Nut) Removal
            • << B >> Front Suspension Strut Disposal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Spring Lower Pad Installation
            • >> B << Strut Insulator Installation
            • >> C << Strut Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
      • Lower Arm
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Lower Arm And Knuckle Disconnection
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Lower Arm Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
        • Lower Arm Bushing (Rear) Replacement
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Steering Gear And Steering Column Assembly Disconnection
            • << C >> Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Stabilizer Bushing/Stabilizer Bracket Installation
            • >> B << Front Axle No.1 CROSSMEMBER, Rear Roll Stopper And Steering Gear Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Front Axle CROSSMEMBER Stay/Jam Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
          • Coil Spring
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
    • Rear Suspension & Wheel Alignment
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Rear Suspension Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • Inspection Procedure 1: Squeaks Or Other Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 2: Poor Ride
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure 3: Body Tilting
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Rear Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Camber
          • Toe-In
          • Camber And Toe Reference Table
        • Lower Arm Pillow Ball Bushing End Play Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
      • Upper Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Lower Arm
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Lower Arm Bolt Removal
        • Inspection
      • Trailing Arm
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Toe Control Arm
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Toe Control Arm Assembly And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Assist Link Bolt Removal
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Shock Absorber Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Coil Spring Nut (Jam Nut) Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Coil Spring Installation
            • >> B << Shock Absorber Insulator Installation
            • >> C << Coil Spring Nut (Jam Nut) Installation
          • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Stabilizer Bushing/Stabilizer Bar Bracket Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Stabilizer Bar Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Stabilizer Bar Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Rear Suspension CROSSMEMBER
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Removal < Vehicles With Abs >
            • << B >> Toe Control Arm Assembly Removal
            • << C >> CROSSMEMBER Stay (Rear) Removal
            • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Bracket Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << CROSSMEMBER Stay (Front) Installation
            • >> B << CROSSMEMBER Bracket/CROSSMEMBER Nut Installation
            • >> C << CROSSMEMBER Stay (Rear)/CROSSMEMBER Nut Installation
        • Inspection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
          • Coil Spring
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Wheel And Tire
      • General Description
        • Feature
        • TPMS Construction Diagram
        • TPMS Operational Characteristics
      • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Service Precautions
      • Wheel And Tire Diagnosis
        • Wheel And Tire Diagnosis
        • Wheel Balance Accuracy
          • Purpose
          • Procedure < Balancing Tips >
          • < Confirming Proper Balance >
          • < Wheel Balancer Calibration Checks >
          • Wheel Balancer Calibration Checking Flow Chart
      • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Diagnosis
          • TPMS May Not Work Normally In The Following Circumstances:
          • When The TPMS Warning Light Is On
          • After Replacing TPMS Components
        • TPMS Troubleshooting Strategy
        • TPMS Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • TPMS Warning Light Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • TPMS Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC C1900: TPMS Abnormality (ID Code Not Registered)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1608: TPMS Abnormality (EEPROM Failure)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1901: TPMS Abnormality (Vehicle Speed Signal)
            • Circuit Operation
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This DTC To Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1910/C1920/C1930/C1940: TPMS Transmitter Abnormality (Transmitter Battery Voltage)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1911/C1921/C1931/C1941: TPMS Transmitter Abnormality (Tire Pressure Sensor ID Reception Failure)
            • Circuit Operation
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This DTC To Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC C1912/C1922/C1932/C1942: TPMS Transmitter Abnormality (Tire Air Pressure Low)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This DTC To Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • TPMS Symptom Chart
        • TPMS Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The TPMS Warning Light Stays On
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The TPMS Warning Light Flashes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The TPMS Warning Light does not Illuminate as a Bulb Check for Three Seconds when the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "ON" Position
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: In Spite of Abnormally Low Tire Pressure at a Road Wheel, the TPMS Warning Light does not Illuminate
            • System Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Communication between the Scan Tool and the TPMS is not Possible
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • TPMS Service Data List
        • TPMS Special Function Data List
        • Check At TPMS Receiver
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • TPMS Receiver Ground Check
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Check
        • Tire Wear Check
        • Wheel RUNOUT Check
        • TPMS Special Function
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Id Registration
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Id Check
          • Notes
          • From Scan Tool MB99158 Diagnosis Screen
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Check
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Installation Service Point
        • Wheel And Tire Replacement < TPMS >
      • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
        • TPMS Receiver
          • Removal And Installation
        • TPMS Transmitter
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Valve Cap/Valve Nut Removal
            • << B >> TPMS Transmitter Removal
            • << C >> Grommet Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Grommet/TPMS Transmitter/Valve Nut Installation
            • >> B << Tire Bead Mounting
            • >> C << Tire Pressure Inflation/Valve Nut RETIGHTENING
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.8L Engine >
        • Service Specifications
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • On-Vehicle Service & Diagnosis
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
        • Transaxle Configuration Drawing
        • Components And Functions
        • Function Element Table < 4A/T >
        • Function Element Table < 5A/T >
        • Electronically-Controlled System
          • INVECS-II
        • Features
          • Optimum Shift Control
          • Adaptive Shift Control
          • System Construction Diagram
        • Shift Pattern Control
          • Upshift Pattern < 4A/T >
          • Downshift Pattern < 4A/T >
          • Upshift Pattern < 5A/T >
          • Downshift Pattern < 5A/T >
        • Torque Converter Clutch Control
          • 4TH Gear Range < 4A/T >
          • 3RD Gear Range < 4A/T >
          • 5TH Gear Range < 5A/T >
          • 4RD Gear Range < 5A/T >
      • Automatic Transaxle Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Troubleshooting Flow
        • Introduction To A/T Diagnosis
        • A/T Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Notes
          • Check "N" Range Light
            • Notes
            • "N" range light flashing items
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (M.U.T.-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • How To Diagnose The Can Bus Lines
        • How To Initialize A/T Learned Value
          • Aim
          • Initialization Procedure
        • Fail-Safe/Backup Function
        • Road Test
        • Torque Converter Stall Test
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stall Test Judgment Results
        • Hydraulic Pressure Tests
          • Notes
          • Standard Hydraulic Pressure Table
          • Hydraulic Pressure Test Diagnosis Table
          • Oil Seal Layout
        • Line Pressure Adjustment
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC P1606: EEPROM Malfunction
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1763 (P0713): Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Open Circuit)
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1764 (P0712): Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Short Circuit)
            • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1766 (P0715): Input Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1767 (P0720): Output Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1769: Stoplight Switch System
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1770 (P0705): Transmission Range Switch System (Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1771 (P0705): Transmission Range Switch System (Short Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Transmission Range Switch System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1773 (P0753): Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1774 (P0758): Underdrive Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1775 (P0763): Second Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1776 (P0768): Overdrive Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1777 (P0773): Reduction solenoid valve system < 5A/T >
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1778 (P0743): Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1779 (P0731): 1st Gear Incorrect Ratio; DTC P1780 (P0732): 2nd Gear Incorrect Ratio; DTC P1781 (P0733): 3rd Gear Incorrect Ratio; DTC P1782 (P0734): 4th Gear Incorrect Ratio; DTC P1783 (P0735): 5th Gear Incorrect Ratio < 5A/T >; DTC P1784 (P0736): Reverse Gear Incorrect Ratio
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < DTC P1779 (P0731) >
            • Monitor Execution < DTC P1779 (P0731) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < DTC P1779 (P0731) >
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence) < DTC P1779 (P0731) >
            • DTC Set Conditions < DTC P1779 (P0731) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < DTC P1779 (P0731) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < DTC P1780 (P0732) >
            • Monitor Execution < DTC P1780 (P0732) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < DTC P1780 (P0732) >
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence) < DTC P1780 (P0732) >
            • DTC Set Conditions < DTC P1780 (P0732) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < DTC P1780 (P0732) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < DTC P1781 (P0733) >
            • Monitor Execution < DTC P1781 (P0733) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < DTC P1781 (P0733) >
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence) < DTC P1781 (P0733) >
            • DTC Set Conditions < DTC P1781 (P0733) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < DTC P1781 (P0733) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < DTC P1782 (P0734) >
            • Monitor Execution < DTC P1782 (P0734) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < DTC P1782 (P0734) >
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence) < DTC P1782 (P0734) >
            • DTC Set Conditions < DTC P1782 (P0734) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < DTC P1782 (P0734) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < DTC P1783 (P0735) > < 5A/T >
            • Monitor Execution < DTC P1783 (P0735) > < 5A/T >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < DTC P1783 (P0735) > < 5A/T >
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence) < DTC P1783 (P0735) > < 5A/T >
            • DTC Set Conditions < DTC P1783 (P0735) > < 5A/T >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < DTC P1783 (P0735) > < 5A/T >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < DTC P1784 (P0736) >
            • Monitor Execution < DTC P1784 (P0736) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < DTC P1784 (P0736) >
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence) < DTC P1784 (P0736) >
            • DTC Set Conditions < DTC P1784 (P0736) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < DTC P1784 (P0736) >
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1786 (P0741): Torque Converter Clutch System (Stuck Off)
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1787 (P0742): Torque Converter Clutch System (Stuck On)
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC P1788 (P1751): A/T Control Relay System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Engine does not Crank
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Does not Move Forward
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Does not Move Backward
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Does not Move (Forward or Backward)
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Engine Stalls when Moving Selector Lever from "N" to "D" or "N" to "R"
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "D" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "R" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "D," "N" to "R" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Shift Shock and Slipping
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Early or Late Shifting in All Gears
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Early or Late Shifting in Some Gears
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: No Diagnostic Trouble Codes (Does not Shift)
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Poor Acceleration
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Vibration
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Shift Switch Assembly System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Shift Position Indicator Light System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Condition:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • INVECS-II Cancel Command (Special Function)
        • Pcm Terminal Voltage Reference Chart For Transaxle Operation
        • Pcm Terminal Resistance And Continuity Inspection Chart
        • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
      • A/T Faulty Operation Prevention Mechanism Diagnosis
        • Introduction To A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms
        • A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Selector Lever can be Moved from "P" to "R" Position without Depressing Brake Pedal when Ignition Key is at any Position Other than "LOCK" (OFF) Position
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "P" to "R" Position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at any Position Other than "LOCK" (OFF) Position
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Selector Lever can be Moved from "P" to "R" Position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at "LOCK" (OFF) Position
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "P" to "R" Position Smoothly
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "R" to "P" Position
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Ignition Key cannot be Turned to the "LOCK" (OFF) Position when Selector Lever is at "P" Position
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Ignition Key can be Turned to the "LOCK" (OFF) Position when Selector Lever is at any Position Other than "P" Position
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • A/T Control Component Layout
        • Essential Service
          • Transmission Fluid Check
          • Transmission Fluid Change
        • Flushing Coolers And Tubes
        • Oil Cooler Flow Check
        • Transmission Range Switch Check
        • Transmission Range Switch And Control Cable Adjustment
        • Automatic Transaxle Control Component Check
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Check
          • Transmission Range Switch Check
          • Stoplight Switch Check
          • A/T Control Relay Check
          • Solenoid Valve Check
          • Selector Lever Operation Check
          • Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanism Check
        • Transaxle Control Cable Adjustment
      • Transaxle Control
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Shift Lock Cable Unit Installation
            • >> B << Transaxle Control Cable Assembly (Transaxle Side)/Adjusting Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Overview
          • Shift Switch Assembly Continuity Check
      • A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Shift Lock Cable Unit Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Shift Lock Cable Unit Installation
            • >> B << Shift Lock Cable Unit (Brake Pedal Side) Installation
        • Inspection
      • Transaxle Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 4A/T >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Shaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Tie Rod End Connection/Lower Arm Ball Joint Connection Removal
            • << C >> Drive Shaft Removal
            • << D >> Torque Converter And Drive Plate Coupling Bolts Removal
            • << E >> Engine Assembly Supporting
            • << C >> Drive Shaft < LH >/Drive Shaft And Inner Shaft Assembly < RH > Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Transaxle Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Transaxle Mount Stopper Installation
            • >> C << Drive Shaft Installation
            • >> D << Drive Shaft Nut Installation
            • >> E << Transaxle Control Cable/Adjusting Nut Installation
            • >> B << Transaxle Mounting Stopper Installation
            • >> C << Drive Shaft And Inner Shaft Assembly < RH >/Drive Shaft < LH > Installation
          • < 5A/T >
      • Transmission Fluid Cooler, Hose And Pipe
        • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Transmission Fluid Cooler Return Hose/Transmission Fluid Cooler Feed Hose/Water Cooler Feed Hose/Water Cooler Return Hose/ATF Warmer (Transmission Fluid Cooler) Removal
            • << A >> Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Hose A, B, C/Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Tube/Transmission Fluid Cooler Removal
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
    • Overhaul (F4A4B)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Sectional View < F4A4B >
        • Sectional View < F4A5A >
        • Hydraulic Circuit
      • Special Tools
      • Transaxle
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < F4A5A >
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Adjustment Of Transaxle
          • Thrust Washer Selection For Adjustment Of Input Shaft End Play
            • < Measurement using a Solder >
            • < Measurement using Plastigage >
          • Spacer Selection For Adjustment Of Differential Case Preload
            • < Measurement using a Solder >
            • < Measurement using Plastigage >
      • Oil Pump
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << O-Ring Installation
      • UNDERDRIVE Clutch And Input Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Snap Ring Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Clutch Plate/Clutch Disc/Clutch Reaction Plate Installation
            • >> D << Snap Ring Installation
      • Reverse And Overdrive Clutch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Number Of Clutch Discs And Plates
            • Notes
            • < F4A4B >
            • < F4A5A >
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Snap Ring Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
            • >> B << Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
            • >> C << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> D << Pressure Plate/Clutch Plate/Clutch Disc/Clutch Reaction Plate Installation
            • >> E << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> F << Clutch Plate/Clutch Disc/Clutch Reaction Plate Installation
            • >> G << Snap Ring Installation
      • Planetary Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Thrust Bearing Number 3 And Thrust Bearing Number 4 Installation
            • >> B << One-Way Clutch Installation
      • Low-Reverse Brake
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
      • Second Brake
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
      • Output Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Transfer Driven Gear Removal
            • << B >>Taper Roller Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Taper Roller Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Outer Race Installation
            • >> C << Transfer Driven Gear Installation
      • Differential
        • Differential Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Taper Roller Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Spacer, Side Gear, Washer, Pinion And Pinion Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Lock Pin Installation
            • >> C << Taper Roller Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Differential Drive Gear Installation
      • Valve Body
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Solenoid Valves Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Spring, Steel Ball, Damping Valve And Damping Valve Spring Installation
            • >> B << Spring And Steel Ball Installation
            • >> C << Solenoid Valves Installation
      • Drive Shaft Oil Seal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Valve Body Spring Identification
        • Adjusting Plate, Snap Ring And Spacers
        • Sealants
• External Pages